blob: 7a0cb28ea4602dfeac922ea18ae7dbcc2dc9b34f [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001//===- ValueTracking.cpp - Walk computations to compute properties --------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file contains routines that help analyze properties that chains of
11// computations have.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
James Molloy493e57d2015-10-26 14:10:46 +000016#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000017#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +000018#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
Dan Gohman949ab782010-12-15 20:10:26 +000019#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Benjamin Kramerfd4777c2013-09-24 16:37:51 +000020#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
Artur Pilipenko31bcca42016-02-24 12:49:04 +000021#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
Adam Nemete2b885c2015-04-23 20:09:20 +000022#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
Sanjay Patel54656ca2017-02-06 18:26:06 +000023#include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationDiagnosticInfo.h"
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +000024#include "llvm/Analysis/VectorUtils.h"
Nick Lewyckyec373542014-05-20 05:13:21 +000025#include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
Chandler Carruth8cd041e2014-03-04 12:24:34 +000026#include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000027#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
28#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +000029#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth03eb0de2014-03-04 10:40:04 +000030#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000031#include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
32#include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
33#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
34#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
35#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
36#include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
37#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth820a9082014-03-04 11:08:18 +000038#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
Philip Reames5461d452015-04-23 17:36:48 +000039#include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h"
Matt Arsenaultf1a7e622014-07-15 01:55:03 +000040#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +000041#include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +000042#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Matthias Braun37e5d792016-01-28 06:29:33 +000043#include <algorithm>
44#include <array>
Chris Lattner64496902008-06-04 04:46:14 +000045#include <cstring>
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +000046using namespace llvm;
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +000047using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
48
49const unsigned MaxDepth = 6;
50
Philip Reames1c292272015-03-10 22:43:20 +000051// Controls the number of uses of the value searched for possible
52// dominating comparisons.
53static cl::opt<unsigned> DomConditionsMaxUses("dom-conditions-max-uses",
Igor Laevskycea9ede2015-09-29 14:57:52 +000054 cl::Hidden, cl::init(20));
Philip Reames1c292272015-03-10 22:43:20 +000055
Artur Pilipenkoc6eb6bd2016-10-12 16:18:43 +000056// This optimization is known to cause performance regressions is some cases,
57// keep it under a temporary flag for now.
58static cl::opt<bool>
59DontImproveNonNegativePhiBits("dont-improve-non-negative-phi-bits",
60 cl::Hidden, cl::init(true));
61
Craig Topper6b3940a2017-05-03 22:25:19 +000062/// Returns the bitwidth of the given scalar or pointer type. For vector types,
63/// returns the element type's bitwidth.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +000064static unsigned getBitWidth(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) {
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +000065 if (unsigned BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits())
66 return BitWidth;
Matt Arsenaultf55e5e72013-08-10 17:34:08 +000067
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +000068 return DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +000069}
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +000070
Benjamin Kramercfd8d902014-09-12 08:56:53 +000071namespace {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +000072// Simplifying using an assume can only be done in a particular control-flow
73// context (the context instruction provides that context). If an assume and
74// the context instruction are not in the same block then the DT helps in
75// figuring out if we can use it.
76struct Query {
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +000077 const DataLayout &DL;
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +000078 AssumptionCache *AC;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +000079 const Instruction *CxtI;
80 const DominatorTree *DT;
Sanjay Patel54656ca2017-02-06 18:26:06 +000081 // Unlike the other analyses, this may be a nullptr because not all clients
82 // provide it currently.
83 OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +000084
Matthias Braun37e5d792016-01-28 06:29:33 +000085 /// Set of assumptions that should be excluded from further queries.
86 /// This is because of the potential for mutual recursion to cause
87 /// computeKnownBits to repeatedly visit the same assume intrinsic. The
88 /// classic case of this is assume(x = y), which will attempt to determine
89 /// bits in x from bits in y, which will attempt to determine bits in y from
90 /// bits in x, etc. Regarding the mutual recursion, computeKnownBits can call
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +000091 /// isKnownNonZero, which calls computeKnownBits and isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo
92 /// (all of which can call computeKnownBits), and so on.
Li Huang755f75f2016-10-15 19:00:04 +000093 std::array<const Value *, MaxDepth> Excluded;
Matthias Braun37e5d792016-01-28 06:29:33 +000094 unsigned NumExcluded;
95
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +000096 Query(const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
Sanjay Patel54656ca2017-02-06 18:26:06 +000097 const DominatorTree *DT, OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE = nullptr)
98 : DL(DL), AC(AC), CxtI(CxtI), DT(DT), ORE(ORE), NumExcluded(0) {}
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +000099
100 Query(const Query &Q, const Value *NewExcl)
Sanjay Patel54656ca2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000101 : DL(Q.DL), AC(Q.AC), CxtI(Q.CxtI), DT(Q.DT), ORE(Q.ORE),
102 NumExcluded(Q.NumExcluded) {
Matthias Braun37e5d792016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000103 Excluded = Q.Excluded;
104 Excluded[NumExcluded++] = NewExcl;
105 assert(NumExcluded <= Excluded.size());
106 }
107
108 bool isExcluded(const Value *Value) const {
109 if (NumExcluded == 0)
110 return false;
111 auto End = Excluded.begin() + NumExcluded;
112 return std::find(Excluded.begin(), End, Value) != End;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000113 }
114};
Benjamin Kramercfd8d902014-09-12 08:56:53 +0000115} // end anonymous namespace
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000116
Sanjay Patel547e9752014-11-04 16:09:50 +0000117// Given the provided Value and, potentially, a context instruction, return
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000118// the preferred context instruction (if any).
119static const Instruction *safeCxtI(const Value *V, const Instruction *CxtI) {
120 // If we've been provided with a context instruction, then use that (provided
121 // it has been inserted).
122 if (CxtI && CxtI->getParent())
123 return CxtI;
124
125 // If the value is really an already-inserted instruction, then use that.
126 CxtI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
127 if (CxtI && CxtI->getParent())
128 return CxtI;
129
130 return nullptr;
131}
132
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000133static void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known,
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000134 unsigned Depth, const Query &Q);
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000135
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000136void llvm::computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known,
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000137 const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000138 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
Sanjay Patel54656ca2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000139 const DominatorTree *DT,
140 OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000141 ::computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth,
Sanjay Patel54656ca2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000142 Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT, ORE));
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000143}
144
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000145static KnownBits computeKnownBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth,
146 const Query &Q);
147
148KnownBits llvm::computeKnownBits(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL,
149 unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC,
150 const Instruction *CxtI,
151 const DominatorTree *DT) {
152 return ::computeKnownBits(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT));
153}
154
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000155bool llvm::haveNoCommonBitsSet(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS,
156 const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000157 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
Jingyue Wuca321902015-05-14 23:53:19 +0000158 const DominatorTree *DT) {
159 assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
160 "LHS and RHS should have the same type");
161 assert(LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() &&
162 "LHS and RHS should be integers");
163 IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(LHS->getType()->getScalarType());
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000164 KnownBits LHSKnown(IT->getBitWidth());
165 KnownBits RHSKnown(IT->getBitWidth());
166 computeKnownBits(LHS, LHSKnown, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT);
167 computeKnownBits(RHS, RHSKnown, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT);
168 return (LHSKnown.Zero | RHSKnown.Zero).isAllOnesValue();
Jingyue Wuca321902015-05-14 23:53:19 +0000169}
170
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000171
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000172void llvm::ComputeSignBit(const Value *V, bool &KnownZero, bool &KnownOne,
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000173 const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000174 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000175 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000176 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT);
177 KnownZero = Known.isNonNegative();
178 KnownOne = Known.isNegative();
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000179}
180
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000181static bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, bool OrZero, unsigned Depth,
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000182 const Query &Q);
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000183
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000184bool llvm::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL,
185 bool OrZero,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000186 unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC,
187 const Instruction *CxtI,
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000188 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000189 return ::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(V, OrZero, Depth,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000190 Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT));
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000191}
192
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000193static bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q);
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000194
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000195bool llvm::isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000196 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
197 const DominatorTree *DT) {
198 return ::isKnownNonZero(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT));
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000199}
200
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000201bool llvm::isKnownNonNegative(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000202 unsigned Depth,
203 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000204 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000205 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT);
206 return Known.isNonNegative();
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000207}
208
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000209bool llvm::isKnownPositive(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000210 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
211 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Philip Reames8f12eba2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000212 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
213 return CI->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
Sanjoy Das6082c1a2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000214
Philip Reames8f12eba2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000215 // TODO: We'd doing two recursive queries here. We should factor this such
216 // that only a single query is needed.
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000217 return isKnownNonNegative(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT) &&
218 isKnownNonZero(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT);
Philip Reames8f12eba2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000219}
220
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000221bool llvm::isKnownNegative(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000222 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
223 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000224 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT);
225 return Known.isNegative();
Nick Lewycky762f8a82016-04-21 00:53:14 +0000226}
227
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000228static bool isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q);
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000229
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000230bool llvm::isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000231 const DataLayout &DL,
232 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000233 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000234 return ::isKnownNonEqual(V1, V2, Query(DL, AC,
235 safeCxtI(V1, safeCxtI(V2, CxtI)),
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000236 DT));
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000237}
238
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000239static bool MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, unsigned Depth,
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000240 const Query &Q);
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000241
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000242bool llvm::MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask,
243 const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000244 unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC,
245 const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT) {
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000246 return ::MaskedValueIsZero(V, Mask, Depth,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000247 Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT));
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000248}
249
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000250static unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth,
251 const Query &Q);
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000252
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000253unsigned llvm::ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000254 unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC,
255 const Instruction *CxtI,
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000256 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000257 return ::ComputeNumSignBits(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT));
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000258}
259
Craig Topper8fbb74b2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000260static void computeKnownBitsAddSub(bool Add, const Value *Op0, const Value *Op1,
261 bool NSW,
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000262 KnownBits &KnownOut, KnownBits &Known2,
Craig Topper8fbb74b2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000263 unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000264 unsigned BitWidth = KnownOut.getBitWidth();
Craig Topper8fbb74b2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000265
266 // If an initial sequence of bits in the result is not needed, the
267 // corresponding bits in the operands are not needed.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000268 KnownBits LHSKnown(BitWidth);
269 computeKnownBits(Op0, LHSKnown, Depth + 1, Q);
270 computeKnownBits(Op1, Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Craig Topper8fbb74b2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000271
David Majnemer97ddca32014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000272 // Carry in a 1 for a subtract, rather than a 0.
Craig Topper059b98e2017-03-24 05:38:09 +0000273 uint64_t CarryIn = 0;
David Majnemer97ddca32014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000274 if (!Add) {
275 // Sum = LHS + ~RHS + 1
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000276 std::swap(Known2.Zero, Known2.One);
Craig Topper059b98e2017-03-24 05:38:09 +0000277 CarryIn = 1;
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000278 }
279
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000280 APInt PossibleSumZero = ~LHSKnown.Zero + ~Known2.Zero + CarryIn;
281 APInt PossibleSumOne = LHSKnown.One + Known2.One + CarryIn;
David Majnemer97ddca32014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000282
283 // Compute known bits of the carry.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000284 APInt CarryKnownZero = ~(PossibleSumZero ^ LHSKnown.Zero ^ Known2.Zero);
285 APInt CarryKnownOne = PossibleSumOne ^ LHSKnown.One ^ Known2.One;
David Majnemer97ddca32014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000286
287 // Compute set of known bits (where all three relevant bits are known).
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000288 APInt LHSKnownUnion = LHSKnown.Zero | LHSKnown.One;
289 APInt RHSKnownUnion = Known2.Zero | Known2.One;
290 APInt CarryKnownUnion = CarryKnownZero | CarryKnownOne;
291 APInt Known = LHSKnownUnion & RHSKnownUnion & CarryKnownUnion;
David Majnemer97ddca32014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000292
293 assert((PossibleSumZero & Known) == (PossibleSumOne & Known) &&
294 "known bits of sum differ");
295
296 // Compute known bits of the result.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000297 KnownOut.Zero = ~PossibleSumOne & Known;
298 KnownOut.One = PossibleSumOne & Known;
David Majnemer97ddca32014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000299
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000300 // Are we still trying to solve for the sign bit?
Craig Topperd23004c2017-04-17 16:38:20 +0000301 if (!Known.isSignBitSet()) {
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000302 if (NSW) {
David Majnemer97ddca32014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000303 // Adding two non-negative numbers, or subtracting a negative number from
304 // a non-negative one, can't wrap into negative.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000305 if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && Known2.isNonNegative())
306 KnownOut.makeNonNegative();
David Majnemer97ddca32014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000307 // Adding two negative numbers, or subtracting a non-negative number from
308 // a negative one, can't wrap into non-negative.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000309 else if (LHSKnown.isNegative() && Known2.isNegative())
310 KnownOut.makeNegative();
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000311 }
312 }
313}
314
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000315static void computeKnownBitsMul(const Value *Op0, const Value *Op1, bool NSW,
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000316 KnownBits &Known, KnownBits &Known2,
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000317 unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000318 unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth();
319 computeKnownBits(Op1, Known, Depth + 1, Q);
320 computeKnownBits(Op0, Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000321
322 bool isKnownNegative = false;
323 bool isKnownNonNegative = false;
324 // If the multiplication is known not to overflow, compute the sign bit.
Rafael Espindolaba0a6ca2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000325 if (NSW) {
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000326 if (Op0 == Op1) {
327 // The product of a number with itself is non-negative.
328 isKnownNonNegative = true;
329 } else {
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000330 bool isKnownNonNegativeOp1 = Known.isNonNegative();
331 bool isKnownNonNegativeOp0 = Known2.isNonNegative();
332 bool isKnownNegativeOp1 = Known.isNegative();
333 bool isKnownNegativeOp0 = Known2.isNegative();
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000334 // The product of two numbers with the same sign is non-negative.
335 isKnownNonNegative = (isKnownNegativeOp1 && isKnownNegativeOp0) ||
336 (isKnownNonNegativeOp1 && isKnownNonNegativeOp0);
337 // The product of a negative number and a non-negative number is either
338 // negative or zero.
339 if (!isKnownNonNegative)
340 isKnownNegative = (isKnownNegativeOp1 && isKnownNonNegativeOp0 &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000341 isKnownNonZero(Op0, Depth, Q)) ||
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000342 (isKnownNegativeOp0 && isKnownNonNegativeOp1 &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000343 isKnownNonZero(Op1, Depth, Q));
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000344 }
345 }
346
347 // If low bits are zero in either operand, output low known-0 bits.
Sanjay Patel5dd66c32015-09-17 20:51:50 +0000348 // Also compute a conservative estimate for high known-0 bits.
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000349 // More trickiness is possible, but this is sufficient for the
350 // interesting case of alignment computation.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000351 unsigned TrailZ = Known.Zero.countTrailingOnes() +
352 Known2.Zero.countTrailingOnes();
353 unsigned LeadZ = std::max(Known.Zero.countLeadingOnes() +
354 Known2.Zero.countLeadingOnes(),
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000355 BitWidth) - BitWidth;
356
357 TrailZ = std::min(TrailZ, BitWidth);
358 LeadZ = std::min(LeadZ, BitWidth);
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000359 Known.resetAll();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000360 Known.Zero.setLowBits(TrailZ);
361 Known.Zero.setHighBits(LeadZ);
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000362
363 // Only make use of no-wrap flags if we failed to compute the sign bit
364 // directly. This matters if the multiplication always overflows, in
365 // which case we prefer to follow the result of the direct computation,
366 // though as the program is invoking undefined behaviour we can choose
367 // whatever we like here.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000368 if (isKnownNonNegative && !Known.isNegative())
369 Known.makeNonNegative();
370 else if (isKnownNegative && !Known.isNonNegative())
371 Known.makeNegative();
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000372}
373
Jingyue Wu37fcb592014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000374void llvm::computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(const MDNode &Ranges,
Craig Topperf42b23f2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000375 KnownBits &Known) {
376 unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth();
Rafael Espindola53190532012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000377 unsigned NumRanges = Ranges.getNumOperands() / 2;
378 assert(NumRanges >= 1);
379
Craig Topperf42b23f2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000380 Known.Zero.setAllBits();
381 Known.One.setAllBits();
Sanjoy Das1d1929a2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000382
Rafael Espindola53190532012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000383 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +0000384 ConstantInt *Lower =
385 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 0));
386 ConstantInt *Upper =
387 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 1));
Rafael Espindola53190532012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000388 ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue());
Rafael Espindola53190532012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000389
Sanjoy Das1d1929a2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000390 // The first CommonPrefixBits of all values in Range are equal.
391 unsigned CommonPrefixBits =
392 (Range.getUnsignedMax() ^ Range.getUnsignedMin()).countLeadingZeros();
393
394 APInt Mask = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, CommonPrefixBits);
Craig Topperf42b23f2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000395 Known.One &= Range.getUnsignedMax() & Mask;
396 Known.Zero &= ~Range.getUnsignedMax() & Mask;
Sanjoy Das1d1929a2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000397 }
Rafael Espindola53190532012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000398}
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000399
Pete Cooperfa7ae4f2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000400static bool isEphemeralValueOf(const Instruction *I, const Value *E) {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000401 SmallVector<const Value *, 16> WorkSet(1, I);
402 SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 32> Visited;
403 SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 16> EphValues;
404
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000405 // The instruction defining an assumption's condition itself is always
406 // considered ephemeral to that assumption (even if it has other
407 // non-ephemeral users). See r246696's test case for an example.
David Majnemer0a16c222016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000408 if (is_contained(I->operands(), E))
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000409 return true;
410
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000411 while (!WorkSet.empty()) {
412 const Value *V = WorkSet.pop_back_val();
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000413 if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000414 continue;
415
416 // If all uses of this value are ephemeral, then so is this value.
David Majnemer0a16c222016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000417 if (all_of(V->users(), [&](const User *U) { return EphValues.count(U); })) {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000418 if (V == E)
419 return true;
420
421 EphValues.insert(V);
422 if (const User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V))
423 for (User::const_op_iterator J = U->op_begin(), JE = U->op_end();
424 J != JE; ++J) {
425 if (isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(*J))
426 WorkSet.push_back(*J);
427 }
428 }
429 }
430
431 return false;
432}
433
434// Is this an intrinsic that cannot be speculated but also cannot trap?
435static bool isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(const Instruction *I) {
436 if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
437 if (Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
438 switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) {
439 default: break;
440 // FIXME: This list is repeated from NoTTI::getIntrinsicCost.
441 case Intrinsic::assume:
442 case Intrinsic::dbg_declare:
443 case Intrinsic::dbg_value:
444 case Intrinsic::invariant_start:
445 case Intrinsic::invariant_end:
446 case Intrinsic::lifetime_start:
447 case Intrinsic::lifetime_end:
448 case Intrinsic::objectsize:
449 case Intrinsic::ptr_annotation:
450 case Intrinsic::var_annotation:
451 return true;
452 }
453
454 return false;
455}
456
Pete Cooperfa7ae4f2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000457bool llvm::isValidAssumeForContext(const Instruction *Inv,
458 const Instruction *CxtI,
459 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000460
461 // There are two restrictions on the use of an assume:
462 // 1. The assume must dominate the context (or the control flow must
463 // reach the assume whenever it reaches the context).
464 // 2. The context must not be in the assume's set of ephemeral values
465 // (otherwise we will use the assume to prove that the condition
466 // feeding the assume is trivially true, thus causing the removal of
467 // the assume).
468
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000469 if (DT) {
Pete Cooper54a02552016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000470 if (DT->dominates(Inv, CxtI))
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000471 return true;
Pete Cooper54a02552016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000472 } else if (Inv->getParent() == CxtI->getParent()->getSinglePredecessor()) {
473 // We don't have a DT, but this trivially dominates.
474 return true;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000475 }
476
Pete Cooper54a02552016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000477 // With or without a DT, the only remaining case we will check is if the
478 // instructions are in the same BB. Give up if that is not the case.
479 if (Inv->getParent() != CxtI->getParent())
480 return false;
481
482 // If we have a dom tree, then we now know that the assume doens't dominate
483 // the other instruction. If we don't have a dom tree then we can check if
484 // the assume is first in the BB.
485 if (!DT) {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000486 // Search forward from the assume until we reach the context (or the end
487 // of the block); the common case is that the assume will come first.
Pete Cooperfa7ae4f2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000488 for (auto I = std::next(BasicBlock::const_iterator(Inv)),
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000489 IE = Inv->getParent()->end(); I != IE; ++I)
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000490 if (&*I == CxtI)
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000491 return true;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000492 }
493
Pete Cooper54a02552016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000494 // The context comes first, but they're both in the same block. Make sure
495 // there is nothing in between that might interrupt the control flow.
496 for (BasicBlock::const_iterator I =
497 std::next(BasicBlock::const_iterator(CxtI)), IE(Inv);
498 I != IE; ++I)
499 if (!isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&*I) && !isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(&*I))
500 return false;
501
502 return !isEphemeralValueOf(Inv, CxtI);
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000503}
504
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000505static void computeKnownBitsFromAssume(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known,
506 unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000507 // Use of assumptions is context-sensitive. If we don't have a context, we
508 // cannot use them!
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000509 if (!Q.AC || !Q.CxtI)
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000510 return;
511
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000512 unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth();
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000513
Hal Finkel8a9a7832017-01-11 13:24:24 +0000514 // Note that the patterns below need to be kept in sync with the code
515 // in AssumptionCache::updateAffectedValues.
516
517 for (auto &AssumeVH : Q.AC->assumptionsFor(V)) {
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000518 if (!AssumeVH)
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000519 continue;
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000520 CallInst *I = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
521 assert(I->getParent()->getParent() == Q.CxtI->getParent()->getParent() &&
522 "Got assumption for the wrong function!");
523 if (Q.isExcluded(I))
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000524 continue;
525
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000526 // Warning: This loop can end up being somewhat performance sensetive.
527 // We're running this loop for once for each value queried resulting in a
528 // runtime of ~O(#assumes * #values).
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000529
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000530 assert(I->getCalledFunction()->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::assume &&
531 "must be an assume intrinsic");
532
533 Value *Arg = I->getArgOperand(0);
534
535 if (Arg == V && isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000536 assert(BitWidth == 1 && "assume operand is not i1?");
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000537 Known.setAllOnes();
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000538 return;
539 }
Sanjay Patel96669962017-01-17 18:15:49 +0000540 if (match(Arg, m_Not(m_Specific(V))) &&
541 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
542 assert(BitWidth == 1 && "assume operand is not i1?");
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000543 Known.setAllZero();
Sanjay Patel96669962017-01-17 18:15:49 +0000544 return;
545 }
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000546
David Majnemer9b609752014-12-12 23:59:29 +0000547 // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit.
548 if (Depth == MaxDepth)
549 continue;
550
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000551 Value *A, *B;
552 auto m_V = m_CombineOr(m_Specific(V),
553 m_CombineOr(m_PtrToInt(m_Specific(V)),
554 m_BitCast(m_Specific(V))));
555
556 CmpInst::Predicate Pred;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000557 ConstantInt *C;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000558 // assume(v = a)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000559 if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000560 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000561 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
562 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
563 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero;
564 Known.One |= RHSKnown.One;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000565 // assume(v & b = a)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000566 } else if (match(Arg,
567 m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_And(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000568 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000569 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000570 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
571 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
572 KnownBits MaskKnown(BitWidth);
573 computeKnownBits(B, MaskKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000574
575 // For those bits in the mask that are known to be one, we can propagate
576 // known bits from the RHS to V.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000577 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & MaskKnown.One;
578 Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & MaskKnown.One;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000579 // assume(~(v & b) = a)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000580 } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_And(m_V, m_Value(B))),
581 m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000582 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000583 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000584 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
585 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
586 KnownBits MaskKnown(BitWidth);
587 computeKnownBits(B, MaskKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000588
589 // For those bits in the mask that are known to be one, we can propagate
590 // inverted known bits from the RHS to V.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000591 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & MaskKnown.One;
592 Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & MaskKnown.One;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000593 // assume(v | b = a)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000594 } else if (match(Arg,
595 m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_Or(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000596 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000597 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000598 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
599 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
600 KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth);
601 computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000602
603 // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate known
604 // bits from the RHS to V.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000605 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero;
606 Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000607 // assume(~(v | b) = a)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000608 } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_Or(m_V, m_Value(B))),
609 m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000610 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000611 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000612 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
613 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
614 KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth);
615 computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000616
617 // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate
618 // inverted known bits from the RHS to V.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000619 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero;
620 Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000621 // assume(v ^ b = a)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000622 } else if (match(Arg,
623 m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_Xor(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000624 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000625 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000626 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
627 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
628 KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth);
629 computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000630
631 // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate known
632 // bits from the RHS to V. For those bits in B that are known to be one,
633 // we can propagate inverted known bits from the RHS to V.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000634 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero;
635 Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero;
636 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.One;
637 Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.One;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000638 // assume(~(v ^ b) = a)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000639 } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_Xor(m_V, m_Value(B))),
640 m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000641 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000642 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000643 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
644 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
645 KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth);
646 computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000647
648 // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate
649 // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. For those bits in B that are
650 // known to be one, we can propagate known bits from the RHS to V.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000651 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero;
652 Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero;
653 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.One;
654 Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.One;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000655 // assume(v << c = a)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000656 } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Shl(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)),
657 m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000658 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000659 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000660 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
661 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000662 // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them to known
663 // bits in V shifted to the right by C.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000664 RHSKnown.Zero.lshrInPlace(C->getZExtValue());
665 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero;
666 RHSKnown.One.lshrInPlace(C->getZExtValue());
667 Known.One |= RHSKnown.One;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000668 // assume(~(v << c) = a)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000669 } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_Shl(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C))),
670 m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000671 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000672 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000673 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
674 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000675 // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them inverted
676 // to known bits in V shifted to the right by C.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000677 RHSKnown.One.lshrInPlace(C->getZExtValue());
678 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One;
679 RHSKnown.Zero.lshrInPlace(C->getZExtValue());
680 Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero;
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000681 // assume(v >> c = a)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000682 } else if (match(Arg,
683 m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_CombineOr(m_LShr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000684 m_AShr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C))),
685 m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000686 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000687 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000688 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
689 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000690 // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them to known
691 // bits in V shifted to the right by C.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000692 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero << C->getZExtValue();
693 Known.One |= RHSKnown.One << C->getZExtValue();
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000694 // assume(~(v >> c) = a)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000695 } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_CombineOr(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000696 m_LShr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)),
697 m_AShr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)))),
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000698 m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000699 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000700 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000701 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
702 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000703 // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them inverted
704 // to known bits in V shifted to the right by C.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000705 Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One << C->getZExtValue();
706 Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero << C->getZExtValue();
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000707 // assume(v >=_s c) where c is non-negative
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000708 } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000709 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000710 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000711 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
712 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000713
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000714 if (RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) {
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000715 // We know that the sign bit is zero.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000716 Known.makeNonNegative();
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000717 }
718 // assume(v >_s c) where c is at least -1.
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000719 } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000720 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000721 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000722 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
723 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000724
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000725 if (RHSKnown.isAllOnes() || RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) {
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000726 // We know that the sign bit is zero.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000727 Known.makeNonNegative();
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000728 }
729 // assume(v <=_s c) where c is negative
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000730 } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000731 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000732 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000733 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
734 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000735
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000736 if (RHSKnown.isNegative()) {
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000737 // We know that the sign bit is one.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000738 Known.makeNegative();
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000739 }
740 // assume(v <_s c) where c is non-positive
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000741 } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000742 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000743 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000744 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
745 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000746
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000747 if (RHSKnown.isZero() || RHSKnown.isNegative()) {
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000748 // We know that the sign bit is one.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000749 Known.makeNegative();
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000750 }
751 // assume(v <=_u c)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000752 } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000753 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000754 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000755 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
756 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000757
758 // Whatever high bits in c are zero are known to be zero.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000759 Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.Zero.countLeadingOnes());
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000760 // assume(v <_u c)
Philip Reames00d3b272014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000761 } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000762 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000763 isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000764 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
765 computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I));
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000766
767 // Whatever high bits in c are zero are known to be zero (if c is a power
768 // of 2, then one more).
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000769 if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(A, false, Depth + 1, Query(Q, I)))
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000770 Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.Zero.countLeadingOnes()+1);
Hal Finkel15aeaaf2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000771 else
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000772 Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.Zero.countLeadingOnes());
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000773 }
774 }
Sanjay Patel25f6d712017-02-01 15:41:32 +0000775
776 // If assumptions conflict with each other or previous known bits, then we
Sanjay Patel54656ca2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000777 // have a logical fallacy. It's possible that the assumption is not reachable,
778 // so this isn't a real bug. On the other hand, the program may have undefined
779 // behavior, or we might have a bug in the compiler. We can't assert/crash, so
780 // clear out the known bits, try to warn the user, and hope for the best.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000781 if (Known.Zero.intersects(Known.One)) {
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000782 Known.resetAll();
Sanjay Patel54656ca2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000783
784 if (Q.ORE) {
785 auto *CxtI = const_cast<Instruction *>(Q.CxtI);
786 OptimizationRemarkAnalysis ORA("value-tracking", "BadAssumption", CxtI);
787 Q.ORE->emit(ORA << "Detected conflicting code assumptions. Program may "
788 "have undefined behavior, or compiler may have "
789 "internal error.");
790 }
Sanjay Patel25f6d712017-02-01 15:41:32 +0000791 }
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000792}
793
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000794// Compute known bits from a shift operator, including those with a
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000795// non-constant shift amount. Known is the outputs of this function. Known2 is a
796// pre-allocated temporary with the/ same bit width as Known. KZF and KOF are
797// operator-specific functors that, given the known-zero or known-one bits
798// respectively, and a shift amount, compute the implied known-zero or known-one
799// bits of the shift operator's result respectively for that shift amount. The
800// results from calling KZF and KOF are conservatively combined for all
801// permitted shift amounts.
David Majnemer54690dc2016-08-23 20:52:00 +0000802static void computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000803 const Operator *I, KnownBits &Known, KnownBits &Known2,
804 unsigned Depth, const Query &Q,
David Majnemer54690dc2016-08-23 20:52:00 +0000805 function_ref<APInt(const APInt &, unsigned)> KZF,
806 function_ref<APInt(const APInt &, unsigned)> KOF) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000807 unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth();
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000808
809 if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
810 unsigned ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth-1);
811
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000812 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
813 Known.Zero = KZF(Known.Zero, ShiftAmt);
814 Known.One = KOF(Known.One, ShiftAmt);
815 // If there is conflict between Known.Zero and Known.One, this must be an
816 // overflowing left shift, so the shift result is undefined. Clear Known
817 // bits so that other code could propagate this undef.
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000818 if ((Known.Zero & Known.One) != 0)
819 Known.resetAll();
Evgeny Stupachenkod7f9c352016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000820
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000821 return;
822 }
823
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000824 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000825
Oliver Stannard06204112017-03-14 10:13:17 +0000826 // If the shift amount could be greater than or equal to the bit-width of the LHS, the
827 // value could be undef, so we don't know anything about it.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000828 if ((~Known.Zero).uge(BitWidth)) {
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000829 Known.resetAll();
Oliver Stannard06204112017-03-14 10:13:17 +0000830 return;
831 }
832
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000833 // Note: We cannot use Known.Zero.getLimitedValue() here, because if
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000834 // BitWidth > 64 and any upper bits are known, we'll end up returning the
835 // limit value (which implies all bits are known).
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000836 uint64_t ShiftAmtKZ = Known.Zero.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue();
837 uint64_t ShiftAmtKO = Known.One.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue();
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000838
839 // It would be more-clearly correct to use the two temporaries for this
840 // calculation. Reusing the APInts here to prevent unnecessary allocations.
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000841 Known.resetAll();
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000842
James Molloy493e57d2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000843 // If we know the shifter operand is nonzero, we can sometimes infer more
844 // known bits. However this is expensive to compute, so be lazy about it and
845 // only compute it when absolutely necessary.
846 Optional<bool> ShifterOperandIsNonZero;
847
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000848 // Early exit if we can't constrain any well-defined shift amount.
James Molloy493e57d2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000849 if (!(ShiftAmtKZ & (BitWidth - 1)) && !(ShiftAmtKO & (BitWidth - 1))) {
850 ShifterOperandIsNonZero =
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000851 isKnownNonZero(I->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q);
James Molloy493e57d2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000852 if (!*ShifterOperandIsNonZero)
853 return;
854 }
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000855
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000856 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000857
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000858 Known.Zero.setAllBits();
859 Known.One.setAllBits();
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000860 for (unsigned ShiftAmt = 0; ShiftAmt < BitWidth; ++ShiftAmt) {
861 // Combine the shifted known input bits only for those shift amounts
862 // compatible with its known constraints.
863 if ((ShiftAmt & ~ShiftAmtKZ) != ShiftAmt)
864 continue;
865 if ((ShiftAmt | ShiftAmtKO) != ShiftAmt)
866 continue;
James Molloy493e57d2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000867 // If we know the shifter is nonzero, we may be able to infer more known
868 // bits. This check is sunk down as far as possible to avoid the expensive
869 // call to isKnownNonZero if the cheaper checks above fail.
870 if (ShiftAmt == 0) {
871 if (!ShifterOperandIsNonZero.hasValue())
872 ShifterOperandIsNonZero =
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000873 isKnownNonZero(I->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q);
James Molloy493e57d2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000874 if (*ShifterOperandIsNonZero)
875 continue;
876 }
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000877
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000878 Known.Zero &= KZF(Known2.Zero, ShiftAmt);
879 Known.One &= KOF(Known2.One, ShiftAmt);
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000880 }
881
882 // If there are no compatible shift amounts, then we've proven that the shift
883 // amount must be >= the BitWidth, and the result is undefined. We could
884 // return anything we'd like, but we need to make sure the sets of known bits
885 // stay disjoint (it should be better for some other code to actually
886 // propagate the undef than to pick a value here using known bits).
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000887 if (Known.Zero.intersects(Known.One))
888 Known.resetAll();
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000889}
890
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000891static void computeKnownBitsFromOperator(const Operator *I, KnownBits &Known,
892 unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) {
893 unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth();
Rafael Espindolaba0a6ca2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000894
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000895 KnownBits Known2(Known);
Dan Gohman80ca01c2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000896 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000897 default: break;
Rafael Espindola53190532012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000898 case Instruction::Load:
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithde36e802014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000899 if (MDNode *MD = cast<LoadInst>(I)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
Craig Topperf42b23f2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000900 computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(*MD, Known);
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000901 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000902 case Instruction::And: {
903 // If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000904 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
905 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000906
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000907 // Output known-1 bits are only known if set in both the LHS & RHS.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000908 Known.One &= Known2.One;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000909 // Output known-0 are known to be clear if zero in either the LHS | RHS.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000910 Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero;
Philip Reames2d858742015-11-10 18:46:14 +0000911
912 // and(x, add (x, -1)) is a common idiom that always clears the low bit;
913 // here we handle the more general case of adding any odd number by
914 // matching the form add(x, add(x, y)) where y is odd.
915 // TODO: This could be generalized to clearing any bit set in y where the
916 // following bit is known to be unset in y.
917 Value *Y = nullptr;
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000918 if (!Known.Zero[0] && !Known.One[0] &&
Craig Toppera80f2042017-04-13 19:04:45 +0000919 (match(I->getOperand(0), m_Add(m_Specific(I->getOperand(1)),
920 m_Value(Y))) ||
921 match(I->getOperand(1), m_Add(m_Specific(I->getOperand(0)),
922 m_Value(Y))))) {
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000923 Known2.resetAll();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000924 computeKnownBits(Y, Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
925 if (Known2.One.countTrailingOnes() > 0)
926 Known.Zero.setBit(0);
Philip Reames2d858742015-11-10 18:46:14 +0000927 }
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000928 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000929 }
930 case Instruction::Or: {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000931 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
932 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000933
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000934 // Output known-0 bits are only known if clear in both the LHS & RHS.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000935 Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000936 // Output known-1 are known to be set if set in either the LHS | RHS.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000937 Known.One |= Known2.One;
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000938 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000939 }
940 case Instruction::Xor: {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000941 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
942 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000943
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000944 // Output known-0 bits are known if clear or set in both the LHS & RHS.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000945 APInt KnownZeroOut = (Known.Zero & Known2.Zero) | (Known.One & Known2.One);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000946 // Output known-1 are known to be set if set in only one of the LHS, RHS.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000947 Known.One = (Known.Zero & Known2.One) | (Known.One & Known2.Zero);
948 Known.Zero = std::move(KnownZeroOut);
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000949 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000950 }
951 case Instruction::Mul: {
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000952 bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000953 computeKnownBitsMul(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, Known,
954 Known2, Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000955 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000956 }
957 case Instruction::UDiv: {
958 // For the purposes of computing leading zeros we can conservatively
959 // treat a udiv as a logical right shift by the power of 2 known to
960 // be less than the denominator.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000961 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
962 unsigned LeadZ = Known2.Zero.countLeadingOnes();
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000963
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000964 Known2.resetAll();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000965 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
966 unsigned RHSUnknownLeadingOnes = Known2.One.countLeadingZeros();
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000967 if (RHSUnknownLeadingOnes != BitWidth)
968 LeadZ = std::min(BitWidth,
969 LeadZ + BitWidth - RHSUnknownLeadingOnes - 1);
970
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000971 Known.Zero.setHighBits(LeadZ);
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000972 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000973 }
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000974 case Instruction::Select: {
Craig Toppere953dec2017-04-13 20:39:37 +0000975 const Value *LHS, *RHS;
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000976 SelectPatternFlavor SPF = matchSelectPattern(I, LHS, RHS).Flavor;
977 if (SelectPatternResult::isMinOrMax(SPF)) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000978 computeKnownBits(RHS, Known, Depth + 1, Q);
979 computeKnownBits(LHS, Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000980 } else {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000981 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(2), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
982 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000983 }
984
985 unsigned MaxHighOnes = 0;
986 unsigned MaxHighZeros = 0;
987 if (SPF == SPF_SMAX) {
988 // If both sides are negative, the result is negative.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000989 if (Known.isNegative() && Known2.isNegative())
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000990 // We can derive a lower bound on the result by taking the max of the
991 // leading one bits.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000992 MaxHighOnes = std::max(Known.One.countLeadingOnes(),
993 Known2.One.countLeadingOnes());
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000994 // If either side is non-negative, the result is non-negative.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000995 else if (Known.isNonNegative() || Known2.isNonNegative())
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000996 MaxHighZeros = 1;
997 } else if (SPF == SPF_SMIN) {
998 // If both sides are non-negative, the result is non-negative.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000999 if (Known.isNonNegative() && Known2.isNonNegative())
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +00001000 // We can derive an upper bound on the result by taking the max of the
1001 // leading zero bits.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001002 MaxHighZeros = std::max(Known.Zero.countLeadingOnes(),
1003 Known2.Zero.countLeadingOnes());
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +00001004 // If either side is negative, the result is negative.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00001005 else if (Known.isNegative() || Known2.isNegative())
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +00001006 MaxHighOnes = 1;
1007 } else if (SPF == SPF_UMAX) {
1008 // We can derive a lower bound on the result by taking the max of the
1009 // leading one bits.
1010 MaxHighOnes =
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001011 std::max(Known.One.countLeadingOnes(), Known2.One.countLeadingOnes());
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +00001012 } else if (SPF == SPF_UMIN) {
1013 // We can derive an upper bound on the result by taking the max of the
1014 // leading zero bits.
1015 MaxHighZeros =
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001016 std::max(Known.Zero.countLeadingOnes(), Known2.Zero.countLeadingOnes());
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +00001017 }
1018
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001019 // Only known if known in both the LHS and RHS.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001020 Known.One &= Known2.One;
1021 Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero;
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +00001022 if (MaxHighOnes > 0)
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001023 Known.One.setHighBits(MaxHighOnes);
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +00001024 if (MaxHighZeros > 0)
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001025 Known.Zero.setHighBits(MaxHighZeros);
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +00001026 break;
David Majnemera19d0f22016-08-06 08:16:00 +00001027 }
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001028 case Instruction::FPTrunc:
1029 case Instruction::FPExt:
1030 case Instruction::FPToUI:
1031 case Instruction::FPToSI:
1032 case Instruction::SIToFP:
1033 case Instruction::UIToFP:
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +00001034 break; // Can't work with floating point.
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001035 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
1036 case Instruction::IntToPtr:
Justin Bognercd1d5aa2016-08-17 20:30:52 +00001037 // Fall through and handle them the same as zext/trunc.
1038 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001039 case Instruction::ZExt:
1040 case Instruction::Trunc: {
Chris Lattner229907c2011-07-18 04:54:35 +00001041 Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
Nadav Rotem15198e92012-10-26 17:17:05 +00001042
Chris Lattner0cdbc7a2009-09-08 00:13:52 +00001043 unsigned SrcBitWidth;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001044 // Note that we handle pointer operands here because of inttoptr/ptrtoint
1045 // which fall through here.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001046 SrcBitWidth = Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy->getScalarType());
Nadav Rotem15198e92012-10-26 17:17:05 +00001047
1048 assert(SrcBitWidth && "SrcBitWidth can't be zero");
Craig Topperd938fd12017-05-03 22:07:25 +00001049 Known = Known.zextOrTrunc(SrcBitWidth);
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001050 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
Craig Topperd938fd12017-05-03 22:07:25 +00001051 Known = Known.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001052 // Any top bits are known to be zero.
1053 if (BitWidth > SrcBitWidth)
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001054 Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(SrcBitWidth);
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +00001055 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001056 }
1057 case Instruction::BitCast: {
Chris Lattner229907c2011-07-18 04:54:35 +00001058 Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
Sanjay Pateldba8b4c2016-06-02 20:01:37 +00001059 if ((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
Chris Lattneredb84072009-07-02 16:04:08 +00001060 // TODO: For now, not handling conversions like:
1061 // (bitcast i64 %x to <2 x i32>)
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00001062 !I->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001063 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +00001064 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001065 }
1066 break;
1067 }
1068 case Instruction::SExt: {
1069 // Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
Chris Lattner0cdbc7a2009-09-08 00:13:52 +00001070 unsigned SrcBitWidth = I->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00001071
Craig Topperd938fd12017-05-03 22:07:25 +00001072 Known = Known.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001073 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001074 // If the sign bit of the input is known set or clear, then we know the
1075 // top bits of the result.
Craig Topperd938fd12017-05-03 22:07:25 +00001076 Known = Known.sext(BitWidth);
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +00001077 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001078 }
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001079 case Instruction::Shl: {
Sylvestre Ledru91ce36c2012-09-27 10:14:43 +00001080 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (X & C2 >>u C1) == 0
Evgeny Stupachenkod7f9c352016-08-24 23:01:33 +00001081 bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap();
Craig Topperd73c6b42017-03-23 07:06:39 +00001082 auto KZF = [NSW](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) {
1083 APInt KZResult = KnownZero << ShiftAmt;
1084 KZResult.setLowBits(ShiftAmt); // Low bits known 0.
Evgeny Stupachenkod7f9c352016-08-24 23:01:33 +00001085 // If this shift has "nsw" keyword, then the result is either a poison
1086 // value or has the same sign bit as the first operand.
Craig Topperd23004c2017-04-17 16:38:20 +00001087 if (NSW && KnownZero.isSignBitSet())
Craig Topperd73c6b42017-03-23 07:06:39 +00001088 KZResult.setSignBit();
Evgeny Stupachenkod7f9c352016-08-24 23:01:33 +00001089 return KZResult;
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001090 };
1091
Craig Topperd73c6b42017-03-23 07:06:39 +00001092 auto KOF = [NSW](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) {
Evgeny Stupachenkod7f9c352016-08-24 23:01:33 +00001093 APInt KOResult = KnownOne << ShiftAmt;
Craig Topperd23004c2017-04-17 16:38:20 +00001094 if (NSW && KnownOne.isSignBitSet())
Craig Topperd73c6b42017-03-23 07:06:39 +00001095 KOResult.setSignBit();
Evgeny Stupachenkod7f9c352016-08-24 23:01:33 +00001096 return KOResult;
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001097 };
1098
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001099 computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001100 break;
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001101 }
1102 case Instruction::LShr: {
Sylvestre Ledru91ce36c2012-09-27 10:14:43 +00001103 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00001104 auto KZF = [](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) {
1105 APInt KZResult = KnownZero.lshr(ShiftAmt);
1106 // High bits known zero.
1107 KZResult.setHighBits(ShiftAmt);
1108 return KZResult;
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001109 };
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00001110
Malcolm Parsons17d266b2017-01-13 17:12:16 +00001111 auto KOF = [](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) {
Craig Topper885fa122017-03-31 20:01:16 +00001112 return KnownOne.lshr(ShiftAmt);
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001113 };
1114
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001115 computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001116 break;
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001117 }
1118 case Instruction::AShr: {
Sylvestre Ledru91ce36c2012-09-27 10:14:43 +00001119 // (ashr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
Malcolm Parsons17d266b2017-01-13 17:12:16 +00001120 auto KZF = [](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) {
Craig Topper885fa122017-03-31 20:01:16 +00001121 return KnownZero.ashr(ShiftAmt);
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001122 };
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00001123
Malcolm Parsons17d266b2017-01-13 17:12:16 +00001124 auto KOF = [](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) {
Craig Topper885fa122017-03-31 20:01:16 +00001125 return KnownOne.ashr(ShiftAmt);
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001126 };
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00001127
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001128 computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001129 break;
Hal Finkelf2199b22015-10-23 20:37:08 +00001130 }
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001131 case Instruction::Sub: {
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001132 bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap();
Jay Foada0653a32014-05-14 21:14:37 +00001133 computeKnownBitsAddSub(false, I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW,
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001134 Known, Known2, Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001135 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001136 }
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001137 case Instruction::Add: {
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001138 bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap();
Jay Foada0653a32014-05-14 21:14:37 +00001139 computeKnownBitsAddSub(true, I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW,
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001140 Known, Known2, Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001141 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001142 }
1143 case Instruction::SRem:
1144 if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
Duncan Sands26cd6bd2010-01-29 06:18:37 +00001145 APInt RA = Rem->getValue().abs();
1146 if (RA.isPowerOf2()) {
1147 APInt LowBits = RA - 1;
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001148 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001149
Duncan Sands26cd6bd2010-01-29 06:18:37 +00001150 // The low bits of the first operand are unchanged by the srem.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001151 Known.Zero = Known2.Zero & LowBits;
1152 Known.One = Known2.One & LowBits;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001153
Duncan Sands26cd6bd2010-01-29 06:18:37 +00001154 // If the first operand is non-negative or has all low bits zero, then
1155 // the upper bits are all zero.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00001156 if (Known2.isNonNegative() || LowBits.isSubsetOf(Known2.Zero))
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001157 Known.Zero |= ~LowBits;
Duncan Sands26cd6bd2010-01-29 06:18:37 +00001158
1159 // If the first operand is negative and not all low bits are zero, then
1160 // the upper bits are all one.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00001161 if (Known2.isNegative() && LowBits.intersects(Known2.One))
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001162 Known.One |= ~LowBits;
Duncan Sands26cd6bd2010-01-29 06:18:37 +00001163
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001164 assert((Known.Zero & Known.One) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
Craig Topperda886c62017-04-16 21:46:12 +00001165 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001166 }
1167 }
Nick Lewyckye4679792011-03-07 01:50:10 +00001168
1169 // The sign bit is the LHS's sign bit, except when the result of the
1170 // remainder is zero.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001171 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Craig Topperda886c62017-04-16 21:46:12 +00001172 // If it's known zero, our sign bit is also zero.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00001173 if (Known2.isNonNegative())
1174 Known.makeNonNegative();
Nick Lewyckye4679792011-03-07 01:50:10 +00001175
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001176 break;
1177 case Instruction::URem: {
1178 if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
Benjamin Kramer46e38f32016-06-08 10:01:20 +00001179 const APInt &RA = Rem->getValue();
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001180 if (RA.isPowerOf2()) {
1181 APInt LowBits = (RA - 1);
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001182 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
1183 Known.Zero |= ~LowBits;
1184 Known.One &= LowBits;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001185 break;
1186 }
1187 }
1188
1189 // Since the result is less than or equal to either operand, any leading
1190 // zero bits in either operand must also exist in the result.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001191 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
1192 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001193
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001194 unsigned Leaders = std::max(Known.Zero.countLeadingOnes(),
1195 Known2.Zero.countLeadingOnes());
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +00001196 Known.resetAll();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001197 Known.Zero.setHighBits(Leaders);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001198 break;
1199 }
1200
Victor Hernandeza3aaf852009-10-17 01:18:07 +00001201 case Instruction::Alloca: {
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001202 const AllocaInst *AI = cast<AllocaInst>(I);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001203 unsigned Align = AI->getAlignment();
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001204 if (Align == 0)
Eduard Burtescu90c44492016-01-18 00:10:01 +00001205 Align = Q.DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI->getAllocatedType());
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00001206
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001207 if (Align > 0)
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001208 Known.Zero.setLowBits(countTrailingZeros(Align));
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001209 break;
1210 }
1211 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
1212 // Analyze all of the subscripts of this getelementptr instruction
1213 // to determine if we can prove known low zero bits.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001214 KnownBits LocalKnown(BitWidth);
1215 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), LocalKnown, Depth + 1, Q);
1216 unsigned TrailZ = LocalKnown.Zero.countTrailingOnes();
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001217
1218 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(I);
1219 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
1220 Value *Index = I->getOperand(i);
Peter Collingbourneab85225b2016-12-02 02:24:42 +00001221 if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001222 // Handle struct member offset arithmetic.
Matt Arsenault74742a12013-08-19 21:43:16 +00001223
1224 // Handle case when index is vector zeroinitializer
1225 Constant *CIndex = cast<Constant>(Index);
1226 if (CIndex->isZeroValue())
1227 continue;
1228
1229 if (CIndex->getType()->isVectorTy())
1230 Index = CIndex->getSplatValue();
1231
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001232 unsigned Idx = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue();
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001233 const StructLayout *SL = Q.DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001234 uint64_t Offset = SL->getElementOffset(Idx);
Michael J. Spencerdf1ecbd72013-05-24 22:23:49 +00001235 TrailZ = std::min<unsigned>(TrailZ,
1236 countTrailingZeros(Offset));
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001237 } else {
1238 // Handle array index arithmetic.
Chris Lattner229907c2011-07-18 04:54:35 +00001239 Type *IndexedTy = GTI.getIndexedType();
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +00001240 if (!IndexedTy->isSized()) {
1241 TrailZ = 0;
1242 break;
1243 }
Dan Gohman7ccc52f2009-06-15 22:12:54 +00001244 unsigned GEPOpiBits = Index->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001245 uint64_t TypeSize = Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(IndexedTy);
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001246 LocalKnown.Zero = LocalKnown.One = APInt(GEPOpiBits, 0);
1247 computeKnownBits(Index, LocalKnown, Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001248 TrailZ = std::min(TrailZ,
Michael J. Spencerdf1ecbd72013-05-24 22:23:49 +00001249 unsigned(countTrailingZeros(TypeSize) +
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001250 LocalKnown.Zero.countTrailingOnes()));
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001251 }
1252 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00001253
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001254 Known.Zero.setLowBits(TrailZ);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001255 break;
1256 }
1257 case Instruction::PHI: {
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001258 const PHINode *P = cast<PHINode>(I);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001259 // Handle the case of a simple two-predecessor recurrence PHI.
1260 // There's a lot more that could theoretically be done here, but
1261 // this is sufficient to catch some interesting cases.
1262 if (P->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) {
1263 for (unsigned i = 0; i != 2; ++i) {
1264 Value *L = P->getIncomingValue(i);
1265 Value *R = P->getIncomingValue(!i);
Dan Gohman80ca01c2009-07-17 20:47:02 +00001266 Operator *LU = dyn_cast<Operator>(L);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001267 if (!LU)
1268 continue;
Dan Gohman80ca01c2009-07-17 20:47:02 +00001269 unsigned Opcode = LU->getOpcode();
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001270 // Check for operations that have the property that if
1271 // both their operands have low zero bits, the result
Artur Pilipenkobc76eca2016-08-22 13:14:07 +00001272 // will have low zero bits.
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001273 if (Opcode == Instruction::Add ||
1274 Opcode == Instruction::Sub ||
1275 Opcode == Instruction::And ||
1276 Opcode == Instruction::Or ||
1277 Opcode == Instruction::Mul) {
1278 Value *LL = LU->getOperand(0);
1279 Value *LR = LU->getOperand(1);
1280 // Find a recurrence.
1281 if (LL == I)
1282 L = LR;
1283 else if (LR == I)
1284 L = LL;
1285 else
1286 break;
1287 // Ok, we have a PHI of the form L op= R. Check for low
1288 // zero bits.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001289 computeKnownBits(R, Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
David Greeneaebd9e02008-10-27 23:24:03 +00001290
1291 // We need to take the minimum number of known bits
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001292 KnownBits Known3(Known);
1293 computeKnownBits(L, Known3, Depth + 1, Q);
David Greeneaebd9e02008-10-27 23:24:03 +00001294
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001295 Known.Zero.setLowBits(std::min(Known2.Zero.countTrailingOnes(),
1296 Known3.Zero.countTrailingOnes()));
Artur Pilipenkoc6eb6bd2016-10-12 16:18:43 +00001297
1298 if (DontImproveNonNegativePhiBits)
1299 break;
1300
1301 auto *OverflowOp = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(LU);
1302 if (OverflowOp && OverflowOp->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1303 // If initial value of recurrence is nonnegative, and we are adding
1304 // a nonnegative number with nsw, the result can only be nonnegative
1305 // or poison value regardless of the number of times we execute the
1306 // add in phi recurrence. If initial value is negative and we are
1307 // adding a negative number with nsw, the result can only be
1308 // negative or poison value. Similar arguments apply to sub and mul.
1309 //
1310 // (add non-negative, non-negative) --> non-negative
1311 // (add negative, negative) --> negative
1312 if (Opcode == Instruction::Add) {
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00001313 if (Known2.isNonNegative() && Known3.isNonNegative())
1314 Known.makeNonNegative();
1315 else if (Known2.isNegative() && Known3.isNegative())
1316 Known.makeNegative();
Artur Pilipenkoc6eb6bd2016-10-12 16:18:43 +00001317 }
1318
1319 // (sub nsw non-negative, negative) --> non-negative
1320 // (sub nsw negative, non-negative) --> negative
1321 else if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub && LL == I) {
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00001322 if (Known2.isNonNegative() && Known3.isNegative())
1323 Known.makeNonNegative();
1324 else if (Known2.isNegative() && Known3.isNonNegative())
1325 Known.makeNegative();
Artur Pilipenkoc6eb6bd2016-10-12 16:18:43 +00001326 }
1327
1328 // (mul nsw non-negative, non-negative) --> non-negative
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00001329 else if (Opcode == Instruction::Mul && Known2.isNonNegative() &&
1330 Known3.isNonNegative())
1331 Known.makeNonNegative();
Artur Pilipenkoc6eb6bd2016-10-12 16:18:43 +00001332 }
1333
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001334 break;
1335 }
1336 }
1337 }
Dan Gohmanbf0002e2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00001338
Nick Lewyckyac0b62c2011-02-10 23:54:10 +00001339 // Unreachable blocks may have zero-operand PHI nodes.
1340 if (P->getNumIncomingValues() == 0)
Jay Foad5a29c362014-05-15 12:12:55 +00001341 break;
Nick Lewyckyac0b62c2011-02-10 23:54:10 +00001342
Dan Gohmanbf0002e2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00001343 // Otherwise take the unions of the known bit sets of the operands,
1344 // taking conservative care to avoid excessive recursion.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001345 if (Depth < MaxDepth - 1 && !Known.Zero && !Known.One) {
Duncan Sands7dc3d472011-03-08 12:39:03 +00001346 // Skip if every incoming value references to ourself.
Nuno Lopes0d44a502012-07-03 21:15:40 +00001347 if (dyn_cast_or_null<UndefValue>(P->hasConstantValue()))
Duncan Sands7dc3d472011-03-08 12:39:03 +00001348 break;
1349
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001350 Known.Zero.setAllBits();
1351 Known.One.setAllBits();
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00001352 for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values()) {
Dan Gohmanbf0002e2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00001353 // Skip direct self references.
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00001354 if (IncValue == P) continue;
Dan Gohmanbf0002e2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00001355
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001356 Known2 = KnownBits(BitWidth);
Dan Gohmanbf0002e2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00001357 // Recurse, but cap the recursion to one level, because we don't
1358 // want to waste time spinning around in loops.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001359 computeKnownBits(IncValue, Known2, MaxDepth - 1, Q);
1360 Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero;
1361 Known.One &= Known2.One;
Dan Gohmanbf0002e2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00001362 // If all bits have been ruled out, there's no need to check
1363 // more operands.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001364 if (!Known.Zero && !Known.One)
Dan Gohmanbf0002e2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00001365 break;
1366 }
1367 }
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001368 break;
1369 }
1370 case Instruction::Call:
Jingyue Wu37fcb592014-06-19 16:50:16 +00001371 case Instruction::Invoke:
Hal Finkel6fd5e1f2016-07-11 02:25:14 +00001372 // If range metadata is attached to this call, set known bits from that,
1373 // and then intersect with known bits based on other properties of the
1374 // function.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithde36e802014-11-11 21:30:22 +00001375 if (MDNode *MD = cast<Instruction>(I)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
Craig Topperf42b23f2017-04-28 06:28:56 +00001376 computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(*MD, Known);
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001377 if (const Value *RV = ImmutableCallSite(I).getReturnedArgOperand()) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001378 computeKnownBits(RV, Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
1379 Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero;
1380 Known.One |= Known2.One;
Hal Finkel6fd5e1f2016-07-11 02:25:14 +00001381 }
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001382 if (const IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) {
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001383 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
1384 default: break;
Chad Rosier85204292017-01-17 17:23:51 +00001385 case Intrinsic::bitreverse:
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001386 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
1387 Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero.reverseBits();
1388 Known.One |= Known2.One.reverseBits();
Chad Rosier85204292017-01-17 17:23:51 +00001389 break;
Philip Reames675418e2015-10-06 20:20:45 +00001390 case Intrinsic::bswap:
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001391 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
1392 Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero.byteSwap();
1393 Known.One |= Known2.One.byteSwap();
Philip Reames675418e2015-10-06 20:20:45 +00001394 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001395 case Intrinsic::ctlz:
1396 case Intrinsic::cttz: {
1397 unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(BitWidth)+1;
Benjamin Kramer4ee57472011-12-24 17:31:46 +00001398 // If this call is undefined for 0, the result will be less than 2^n.
1399 if (II->getArgOperand(1) == ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext()))
1400 LowBits -= 1;
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001401 Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(LowBits);
Benjamin Kramer4ee57472011-12-24 17:31:46 +00001402 break;
1403 }
1404 case Intrinsic::ctpop: {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001405 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q);
Philip Reamesddcf6b32015-10-14 22:42:12 +00001406 // We can bound the space the count needs. Also, bits known to be zero
1407 // can't contribute to the population.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001408 unsigned BitsPossiblySet = BitWidth - Known2.Zero.countPopulation();
Craig Topper66df10f2017-04-14 06:43:34 +00001409 unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(BitsPossiblySet)+1;
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001410 Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(LowBits);
Philip Reamesddcf6b32015-10-14 22:42:12 +00001411 // TODO: we could bound KnownOne using the lower bound on the number
1412 // of bits which might be set provided by popcnt KnownOne2.
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001413 break;
1414 }
Chad Rosierb3628842011-05-26 23:13:19 +00001415 case Intrinsic::x86_sse42_crc32_64_64:
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001416 Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(32);
Evan Cheng2a746bf2011-05-22 18:25:30 +00001417 break;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001418 }
1419 }
1420 break;
Bjorn Pettersson39616032016-10-06 09:56:21 +00001421 case Instruction::ExtractElement:
1422 // Look through extract element. At the moment we keep this simple and skip
1423 // tracking the specific element. But at least we might find information
1424 // valid for all elements of the vector (for example if vector is sign
1425 // extended, shifted, etc).
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001426 computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
Bjorn Pettersson39616032016-10-06 09:56:21 +00001427 break;
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001428 case Instruction::ExtractValue:
1429 if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I->getOperand(0))) {
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001430 const ExtractValueInst *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(I);
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001431 if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1) break;
1432 if (EVI->getIndices()[0] == 0) {
1433 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
1434 default: break;
1435 case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
1436 case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
Jay Foada0653a32014-05-14 21:14:37 +00001437 computeKnownBitsAddSub(true, II->getArgOperand(0),
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001438 II->getArgOperand(1), false, Known, Known2,
1439 Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001440 break;
1441 case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
1442 case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
Jay Foada0653a32014-05-14 21:14:37 +00001443 computeKnownBitsAddSub(false, II->getArgOperand(0),
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001444 II->getArgOperand(1), false, Known, Known2,
1445 Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001446 break;
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +00001447 case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
1448 case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001449 computeKnownBitsMul(II->getArgOperand(0), II->getArgOperand(1), false,
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001450 Known, Known2, Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyfa306072012-03-18 23:28:48 +00001451 break;
Nick Lewyckyfea3e002012-03-09 09:23:50 +00001452 }
1453 }
1454 }
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001455 }
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001456}
1457
1458/// Determine which bits of V are known to be either zero or one and return
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001459/// them.
1460KnownBits computeKnownBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) {
1461 KnownBits Known(getBitWidth(V->getType(), Q.DL));
1462 computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q);
1463 return Known;
1464}
1465
1466/// Determine which bits of V are known to be either zero or one and return
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001467/// them in the Known bit set.
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001468///
1469/// NOTE: we cannot consider 'undef' to be "IsZero" here. The problem is that
1470/// we cannot optimize based on the assumption that it is zero without changing
1471/// it to be an explicit zero. If we don't change it to zero, other code could
1472/// optimized based on the contradictory assumption that it is non-zero.
1473/// Because instcombine aggressively folds operations with undef args anyway,
1474/// this won't lose us code quality.
1475///
1476/// This function is defined on values with integer type, values with pointer
1477/// type, and vectors of integers. In the case
1478/// where V is a vector, known zero, and known one values are the
1479/// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true
1480/// for all of the elements in the vector.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001481void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, unsigned Depth,
1482 const Query &Q) {
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001483 assert(V && "No Value?");
1484 assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth");
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001485 unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth();
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001486
1487 assert((V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ||
1488 V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) &&
Sanjay Pateldba8b4c2016-06-02 20:01:37 +00001489 "Not integer or pointer type!");
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001490 assert((Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType()) == BitWidth) &&
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001491 (!V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ||
1492 V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == BitWidth) &&
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001493 "V and Known should have same BitWidth");
Craig Topperd73c6b42017-03-23 07:06:39 +00001494 (void)BitWidth;
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001495
Sanjay Patelc96f6db2016-09-16 21:20:36 +00001496 const APInt *C;
1497 if (match(V, m_APInt(C))) {
1498 // We know all of the bits for a scalar constant or a splat vector constant!
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001499 Known.One = *C;
1500 Known.Zero = ~Known.One;
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001501 return;
1502 }
1503 // Null and aggregate-zero are all-zeros.
Sanjay Patele8dc0902016-05-23 17:57:54 +00001504 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V) || isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) {
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +00001505 Known.setAllZero();
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001506 return;
1507 }
1508 // Handle a constant vector by taking the intersection of the known bits of
David Majnemer3918cdd2016-05-04 06:13:33 +00001509 // each element.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001510 if (const ConstantDataSequential *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V)) {
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001511 // We know that CDS must be a vector of integers. Take the intersection of
1512 // each element.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001513 Known.Zero.setAllBits(); Known.One.setAllBits();
Craig Topper9c932d32017-04-25 16:48:03 +00001514 APInt Elt(BitWidth, 0);
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001515 for (unsigned i = 0, e = CDS->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
1516 Elt = CDS->getElementAsInteger(i);
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001517 Known.Zero &= ~Elt;
1518 Known.One &= Elt;
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001519 }
1520 return;
1521 }
1522
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001523 if (const auto *CV = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) {
David Majnemer3918cdd2016-05-04 06:13:33 +00001524 // We know that CV must be a vector of integers. Take the intersection of
1525 // each element.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001526 Known.Zero.setAllBits(); Known.One.setAllBits();
1527 APInt Elt(BitWidth, 0);
David Majnemer3918cdd2016-05-04 06:13:33 +00001528 for (unsigned i = 0, e = CV->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1529 Constant *Element = CV->getAggregateElement(i);
1530 auto *ElementCI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(Element);
1531 if (!ElementCI) {
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +00001532 Known.resetAll();
David Majnemer3918cdd2016-05-04 06:13:33 +00001533 return;
1534 }
1535 Elt = ElementCI->getValue();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001536 Known.Zero &= ~Elt;
1537 Known.One &= Elt;
David Majnemer3918cdd2016-05-04 06:13:33 +00001538 }
1539 return;
1540 }
1541
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001542 // Start out not knowing anything.
Craig Topperf0aeee02017-05-05 17:36:09 +00001543 Known.resetAll();
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001544
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithb1b208a2016-09-24 20:42:02 +00001545 // We can't imply anything about undefs.
1546 if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
1547 return;
1548
1549 // There's no point in looking through other users of ConstantData for
1550 // assumptions. Confirm that we've handled them all.
1551 assert(!isa<ConstantData>(V) && "Unhandled constant data!");
1552
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001553 // Limit search depth.
1554 // All recursive calls that increase depth must come after this.
1555 if (Depth == MaxDepth)
1556 return;
1557
1558 // A weak GlobalAlias is totally unknown. A non-weak GlobalAlias has
1559 // the bits of its aliasee.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001560 if (const GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) {
Sanjoy Das5ce32722016-04-08 00:48:30 +00001561 if (!GA->isInterposable())
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001562 computeKnownBits(GA->getAliasee(), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001563 return;
1564 }
1565
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001566 if (const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V))
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001567 computeKnownBitsFromOperator(I, Known, Depth, Q);
Sanjay Patela67559c2015-09-25 20:12:43 +00001568
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001569 // Aligned pointers have trailing zeros - refine Known.Zero set
Artur Pilipenko029d8532015-09-30 11:55:45 +00001570 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
Artur Pilipenkoae51afc2016-02-24 12:25:10 +00001571 unsigned Align = V->getPointerAlignment(Q.DL);
Artur Pilipenko029d8532015-09-30 11:55:45 +00001572 if (Align)
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001573 Known.Zero.setLowBits(countTrailingZeros(Align));
Artur Pilipenko029d8532015-09-30 11:55:45 +00001574 }
1575
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001576 // computeKnownBitsFromAssume strictly refines Known.
1577 // Therefore, we run them after computeKnownBitsFromOperator.
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001578
1579 // Check whether a nearby assume intrinsic can determine some known bits.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001580 computeKnownBitsFromAssume(V, Known, Depth, Q);
Jingyue Wu12b0c282015-06-15 05:46:29 +00001581
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001582 assert((Known.Zero & Known.One) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00001583}
1584
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00001585/// Return true if the given value is known to have exactly one
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001586/// bit set when defined. For vectors return true if every element is known to
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00001587/// be a power of two when defined. Supports values with integer or pointer
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001588/// types and vectors of integers.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001589bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, bool OrZero, unsigned Depth,
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001590 const Query &Q) {
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001591 if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) {
Duncan Sandsba286d72011-10-26 20:55:21 +00001592 if (C->isNullValue())
1593 return OrZero;
Sanjay Patele2e89ef2016-05-22 15:41:53 +00001594
1595 const APInt *ConstIntOrConstSplatInt;
1596 if (match(C, m_APInt(ConstIntOrConstSplatInt)))
1597 return ConstIntOrConstSplatInt->isPowerOf2();
Duncan Sandsba286d72011-10-26 20:55:21 +00001598 }
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001599
1600 // 1 << X is clearly a power of two if the one is not shifted off the end. If
1601 // it is shifted off the end then the result is undefined.
1602 if (match(V, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value())))
1603 return true;
1604
Craig Topperbcfd2d12017-04-20 16:56:25 +00001605 // (signmask) >>l X is clearly a power of two if the one is not shifted off
1606 // the bottom. If it is shifted off the bottom then the result is undefined.
1607 if (match(V, m_LShr(m_SignMask(), m_Value())))
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001608 return true;
1609
1610 // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit.
1611 if (Depth++ == MaxDepth)
1612 return false;
1613
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00001614 Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr;
Sanjay Patel41160c22015-12-30 22:40:52 +00001615 // A shift left or a logical shift right of a power of two is a power of two
1616 // or zero.
Duncan Sands985ba632011-10-28 18:30:05 +00001617 if (OrZero && (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_Value())) ||
Sanjay Patel41160c22015-12-30 22:40:52 +00001618 match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(X), m_Value()))))
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001619 return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q);
Duncan Sands985ba632011-10-28 18:30:05 +00001620
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001621 if (const ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(V))
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001622 return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(ZI->getOperand(0), OrZero, Depth, Q);
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001623
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001624 if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V))
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001625 return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(SI->getTrueValue(), OrZero, Depth, Q) &&
1626 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(SI->getFalseValue(), OrZero, Depth, Q);
Duncan Sandsba286d72011-10-26 20:55:21 +00001627
Duncan Sandsba286d72011-10-26 20:55:21 +00001628 if (OrZero && match(V, m_And(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) {
1629 // A power of two and'd with anything is a power of two or zero.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001630 if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q) ||
1631 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q))
Duncan Sandsba286d72011-10-26 20:55:21 +00001632 return true;
1633 // X & (-X) is always a power of two or zero.
1634 if (match(X, m_Neg(m_Specific(Y))) || match(Y, m_Neg(m_Specific(X))))
1635 return true;
1636 return false;
1637 }
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001638
David Majnemerb7d54092013-07-30 21:01:36 +00001639 // Adding a power-of-two or zero to the same power-of-two or zero yields
1640 // either the original power-of-two, a larger power-of-two or zero.
1641 if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) {
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001642 const OverflowingBinaryOperator *VOBO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V);
David Majnemerb7d54092013-07-30 21:01:36 +00001643 if (OrZero || VOBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap() || VOBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1644 if (match(X, m_And(m_Specific(Y), m_Value())) ||
1645 match(X, m_And(m_Value(), m_Specific(Y))))
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001646 if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, OrZero, Depth, Q))
David Majnemerb7d54092013-07-30 21:01:36 +00001647 return true;
1648 if (match(Y, m_And(m_Specific(X), m_Value())) ||
1649 match(Y, m_And(m_Value(), m_Specific(X))))
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001650 if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, OrZero, Depth, Q))
David Majnemerb7d54092013-07-30 21:01:36 +00001651 return true;
1652
1653 unsigned BitWidth = V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001654 KnownBits LHSBits(BitWidth);
1655 computeKnownBits(X, LHSBits, Depth, Q);
David Majnemerb7d54092013-07-30 21:01:36 +00001656
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001657 KnownBits RHSBits(BitWidth);
1658 computeKnownBits(Y, RHSBits, Depth, Q);
David Majnemerb7d54092013-07-30 21:01:36 +00001659 // If i8 V is a power of two or zero:
1660 // ZeroBits: 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
1661 // ~ZeroBits: 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001662 if ((~(LHSBits.Zero & RHSBits.Zero)).isPowerOf2())
David Majnemerb7d54092013-07-30 21:01:36 +00001663 // If OrZero isn't set, we cannot give back a zero result.
1664 // Make sure either the LHS or RHS has a bit set.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001665 if (OrZero || RHSBits.One.getBoolValue() || LHSBits.One.getBoolValue())
David Majnemerb7d54092013-07-30 21:01:36 +00001666 return true;
1667 }
1668 }
David Majnemerbeab5672013-05-18 19:30:37 +00001669
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001670 // An exact divide or right shift can only shift off zero bits, so the result
Nick Lewyckyf0469af2011-03-21 21:40:32 +00001671 // is a power of two only if the first operand is a power of two and not
1672 // copying a sign bit (sdiv int_min, 2).
Benjamin Kramer9442cd02012-01-01 17:55:30 +00001673 if (match(V, m_Exact(m_LShr(m_Value(), m_Value()))) ||
1674 match(V, m_Exact(m_UDiv(m_Value(), m_Value())))) {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +00001675 return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(cast<Operator>(V)->getOperand(0), OrZero,
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001676 Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001677 }
1678
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001679 return false;
1680}
1681
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001682/// \brief Test whether a GEP's result is known to be non-null.
1683///
1684/// Uses properties inherent in a GEP to try to determine whether it is known
1685/// to be non-null.
1686///
1687/// Currently this routine does not support vector GEPs.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001688static bool isGEPKnownNonNull(const GEPOperator *GEP, unsigned Depth,
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001689 const Query &Q) {
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001690 if (!GEP->isInBounds() || GEP->getPointerAddressSpace() != 0)
1691 return false;
1692
1693 // FIXME: Support vector-GEPs.
1694 assert(GEP->getType()->isPointerTy() && "We only support plain pointer GEP");
1695
1696 // If the base pointer is non-null, we cannot walk to a null address with an
1697 // inbounds GEP in address space zero.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001698 if (isKnownNonZero(GEP->getPointerOperand(), Depth, Q))
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001699 return true;
1700
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001701 // Walk the GEP operands and see if any operand introduces a non-zero offset.
1702 // If so, then the GEP cannot produce a null pointer, as doing so would
1703 // inherently violate the inbounds contract within address space zero.
1704 for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP), GTE = gep_type_end(GEP);
1705 GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
1706 // Struct types are easy -- they must always be indexed by a constant.
Peter Collingbourneab85225b2016-12-02 02:24:42 +00001707 if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001708 ConstantInt *OpC = cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand());
1709 unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue();
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001710 const StructLayout *SL = Q.DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001711 uint64_t ElementOffset = SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx);
1712 if (ElementOffset > 0)
1713 return true;
1714 continue;
1715 }
1716
1717 // If we have a zero-sized type, the index doesn't matter. Keep looping.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001718 if (Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0)
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001719 continue;
1720
1721 // Fast path the constant operand case both for efficiency and so we don't
1722 // increment Depth when just zipping down an all-constant GEP.
1723 if (ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand())) {
1724 if (!OpC->isZero())
1725 return true;
1726 continue;
1727 }
1728
1729 // We post-increment Depth here because while isKnownNonZero increments it
1730 // as well, when we pop back up that increment won't persist. We don't want
1731 // to recurse 10k times just because we have 10k GEP operands. We don't
1732 // bail completely out because we want to handle constant GEPs regardless
1733 // of depth.
1734 if (Depth++ >= MaxDepth)
1735 continue;
1736
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001737 if (isKnownNonZero(GTI.getOperand(), Depth, Q))
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001738 return true;
1739 }
1740
1741 return false;
1742}
1743
Philip Reames4cb4d3e2014-10-30 20:25:19 +00001744/// Does the 'Range' metadata (which must be a valid MD_range operand list)
1745/// ensure that the value it's attached to is never Value? 'RangeType' is
1746/// is the type of the value described by the range.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001747static bool rangeMetadataExcludesValue(const MDNode* Ranges, const APInt& Value) {
Philip Reames4cb4d3e2014-10-30 20:25:19 +00001748 const unsigned NumRanges = Ranges->getNumOperands() / 2;
1749 assert(NumRanges >= 1);
1750 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00001751 ConstantInt *Lower =
1752 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges->getOperand(2 * i + 0));
1753 ConstantInt *Upper =
1754 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges->getOperand(2 * i + 1));
Philip Reames4cb4d3e2014-10-30 20:25:19 +00001755 ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue());
1756 if (Range.contains(Value))
1757 return false;
1758 }
1759 return true;
1760}
1761
Sanjay Patel97e4b9872017-02-12 15:35:34 +00001762/// Return true if the given value is known to be non-zero when defined. For
1763/// vectors, return true if every element is known to be non-zero when
1764/// defined. For pointers, if the context instruction and dominator tree are
1765/// specified, perform context-sensitive analysis and return true if the
1766/// pointer couldn't possibly be null at the specified instruction.
1767/// Supports values with integer or pointer type and vectors of integers.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001768bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) {
Sanjay Patel8ec7e7c2016-05-22 16:07:20 +00001769 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) {
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001770 if (C->isNullValue())
1771 return false;
1772 if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
1773 // Must be non-zero due to null test above.
1774 return true;
Sanjay Patel23019d12016-05-24 14:18:49 +00001775
1776 // For constant vectors, check that all elements are undefined or known
1777 // non-zero to determine that the whole vector is known non-zero.
1778 if (auto *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(C->getType())) {
1779 for (unsigned i = 0, e = VecTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
1780 Constant *Elt = C->getAggregateElement(i);
1781 if (!Elt || Elt->isNullValue())
1782 return false;
1783 if (!isa<UndefValue>(Elt) && !isa<ConstantInt>(Elt))
1784 return false;
1785 }
1786 return true;
1787 }
1788
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001789 return false;
1790 }
1791
Sanjay Patel8ec7e7c2016-05-22 16:07:20 +00001792 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithde36e802014-11-11 21:30:22 +00001793 if (MDNode *Ranges = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) {
Philip Reames4cb4d3e2014-10-30 20:25:19 +00001794 // If the possible ranges don't contain zero, then the value is
1795 // definitely non-zero.
Sanjay Patel8ec7e7c2016-05-22 16:07:20 +00001796 if (auto *Ty = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())) {
Philip Reames4cb4d3e2014-10-30 20:25:19 +00001797 const APInt ZeroValue(Ty->getBitWidth(), 0);
1798 if (rangeMetadataExcludesValue(Ranges, ZeroValue))
1799 return true;
1800 }
1801 }
1802 }
1803
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001804 // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit.
Duncan Sands7cb61e52011-10-27 19:16:21 +00001805 if (Depth++ >= MaxDepth)
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001806 return false;
1807
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001808 // Check for pointer simplifications.
1809 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
Sanjay Patel97e4b9872017-02-12 15:35:34 +00001810 if (isKnownNonNullAt(V, Q.CxtI, Q.DT))
Sanjoy Das6082c1a2016-05-07 02:08:15 +00001811 return true;
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001812 if (const GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V))
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001813 if (isGEPKnownNonNull(GEP, Depth, Q))
Chandler Carruth80d3e562012-12-07 02:08:58 +00001814 return true;
1815 }
1816
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001817 unsigned BitWidth = getBitWidth(V->getType()->getScalarType(), Q.DL);
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001818
1819 // X | Y != 0 if X != 0 or Y != 0.
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00001820 Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr;
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001821 if (match(V, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y))))
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001822 return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) || isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q);
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001823
1824 // ext X != 0 if X != 0.
1825 if (isa<SExtInst>(V) || isa<ZExtInst>(V))
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001826 return isKnownNonZero(cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(0), Depth, Q);
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001827
Duncan Sands2e9e4f12011-01-29 13:27:00 +00001828 // shl X, Y != 0 if X is odd. Note that the value of the shift is undefined
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001829 // if the lowest bit is shifted off the end.
Craig Topper6b3940a2017-05-03 22:25:19 +00001830 if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) {
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001831 // shl nuw can't remove any non-zero bits.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001832 const OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V);
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001833 if (BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001834 return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001835
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001836 KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
1837 computeKnownBits(X, Known, Depth, Q);
1838 if (Known.One[0])
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001839 return true;
1840 }
Duncan Sands2e9e4f12011-01-29 13:27:00 +00001841 // shr X, Y != 0 if X is negative. Note that the value of the shift is not
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001842 // defined if the sign bit is shifted off the end.
1843 else if (match(V, m_Shr(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) {
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001844 // shr exact can only shift out zero bits.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001845 const PossiblyExactOperator *BO = cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(V);
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001846 if (BO->isExact())
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001847 return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001848
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001849 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(X, Depth, Q);
1850 if (Known.isNegative())
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001851 return true;
James Molloyb6be1eb2015-09-24 16:06:32 +00001852
1853 // If the shifter operand is a constant, and all of the bits shifted
1854 // out are known to be zero, and X is known non-zero then at least one
1855 // non-zero bit must remain.
1856 if (ConstantInt *Shift = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Y)) {
James Molloyb6be1eb2015-09-24 16:06:32 +00001857 auto ShiftVal = Shift->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1);
1858 // Is there a known one in the portion not shifted out?
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001859 if (Known.One.countLeadingZeros() < BitWidth - ShiftVal)
James Molloyb6be1eb2015-09-24 16:06:32 +00001860 return true;
1861 // Are all the bits to be shifted out known zero?
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001862 if (Known.Zero.countTrailingOnes() >= ShiftVal)
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001863 return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q);
James Molloyb6be1eb2015-09-24 16:06:32 +00001864 }
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001865 }
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001866 // div exact can only produce a zero if the dividend is zero.
Benjamin Kramer9442cd02012-01-01 17:55:30 +00001867 else if (match(V, m_Exact(m_IDiv(m_Value(X), m_Value())))) {
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001868 return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q);
Nick Lewyckyc9aab852011-02-28 08:02:21 +00001869 }
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001870 // X + Y.
1871 else if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) {
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001872 KnownBits XKnown = computeKnownBits(X, Depth, Q);
1873 KnownBits YKnown = computeKnownBits(Y, Depth, Q);
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001874
1875 // If X and Y are both non-negative (as signed values) then their sum is not
Duncan Sands9e9d5b22011-01-25 15:14:15 +00001876 // zero unless both X and Y are zero.
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001877 if (XKnown.isNonNegative() && YKnown.isNonNegative())
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001878 if (isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) || isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q))
Duncan Sands9e9d5b22011-01-25 15:14:15 +00001879 return true;
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001880
1881 // If X and Y are both negative (as signed values) then their sum is not
1882 // zero unless both X and Y equal INT_MIN.
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001883 if (XKnown.isNegative() && YKnown.isNegative()) {
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001884 APInt Mask = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
1885 // The sign bit of X is set. If some other bit is set then X is not equal
1886 // to INT_MIN.
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001887 if (XKnown.One.intersects(Mask))
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001888 return true;
1889 // The sign bit of Y is set. If some other bit is set then Y is not equal
1890 // to INT_MIN.
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001891 if (YKnown.One.intersects(Mask))
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001892 return true;
1893 }
1894
1895 // The sum of a non-negative number and a power of two is not zero.
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001896 if (XKnown.isNonNegative() &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001897 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero*/ false, Depth, Q))
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001898 return true;
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00001899 if (YKnown.isNonNegative() &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001900 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ false, Depth, Q))
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001901 return true;
1902 }
Duncan Sands7cb61e52011-10-27 19:16:21 +00001903 // X * Y.
1904 else if (match(V, m_Mul(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) {
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001905 const OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V);
Duncan Sands7cb61e52011-10-27 19:16:21 +00001906 // If X and Y are non-zero then so is X * Y as long as the multiplication
1907 // does not overflow.
1908 if ((BO->hasNoSignedWrap() || BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) &&
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001909 isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) && isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q))
Duncan Sands7cb61e52011-10-27 19:16:21 +00001910 return true;
1911 }
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001912 // (C ? X : Y) != 0 if X != 0 and Y != 0.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001913 else if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001914 if (isKnownNonZero(SI->getTrueValue(), Depth, Q) &&
1915 isKnownNonZero(SI->getFalseValue(), Depth, Q))
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001916 return true;
1917 }
James Molloy897048b2015-09-29 14:08:45 +00001918 // PHI
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001919 else if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
James Molloy897048b2015-09-29 14:08:45 +00001920 // Try and detect a recurrence that monotonically increases from a
1921 // starting value, as these are common as induction variables.
1922 if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) {
1923 Value *Start = PN->getIncomingValue(0);
1924 Value *Induction = PN->getIncomingValue(1);
1925 if (isa<ConstantInt>(Induction) && !isa<ConstantInt>(Start))
1926 std::swap(Start, Induction);
1927 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Start)) {
1928 if (!C->isZero() && !C->isNegative()) {
1929 ConstantInt *X;
1930 if ((match(Induction, m_NSWAdd(m_Specific(PN), m_ConstantInt(X))) ||
1931 match(Induction, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(PN), m_ConstantInt(X)))) &&
1932 !X->isNegative())
1933 return true;
1934 }
1935 }
1936 }
Jun Bum Limca832662016-02-01 17:03:07 +00001937 // Check if all incoming values are non-zero constant.
1938 bool AllNonZeroConstants = all_of(PN->operands(), [](Value *V) {
1939 return isa<ConstantInt>(V) && !cast<ConstantInt>(V)->isZeroValue();
1940 });
1941 if (AllNonZeroConstants)
1942 return true;
James Molloy897048b2015-09-29 14:08:45 +00001943 }
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001944
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001945 KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
1946 computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q);
1947 return Known.One != 0;
Duncan Sandsd3951082011-01-25 09:38:29 +00001948}
1949
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +00001950/// Return true if V2 == V1 + X, where X is known non-zero.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001951static bool isAddOfNonZero(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q) {
1952 const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V1);
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +00001953 if (!BO || BO->getOpcode() != Instruction::Add)
1954 return false;
1955 Value *Op = nullptr;
1956 if (V2 == BO->getOperand(0))
1957 Op = BO->getOperand(1);
1958 else if (V2 == BO->getOperand(1))
1959 Op = BO->getOperand(0);
1960 else
1961 return false;
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001962 return isKnownNonZero(Op, 0, Q);
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +00001963}
1964
1965/// Return true if it is known that V1 != V2.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00001966static bool isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q) {
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +00001967 if (V1->getType()->isVectorTy() || V1 == V2)
1968 return false;
1969 if (V1->getType() != V2->getType())
1970 // We can't look through casts yet.
1971 return false;
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00001972 if (isAddOfNonZero(V1, V2, Q) || isAddOfNonZero(V2, V1, Q))
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +00001973 return true;
1974
1975 if (IntegerType *Ty = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V1->getType())) {
1976 // Are any known bits in V1 contradictory to known bits in V2? If V1
1977 // has a known zero where V2 has a known one, they must not be equal.
1978 auto BitWidth = Ty->getBitWidth();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001979 KnownBits Known1(BitWidth);
1980 computeKnownBits(V1, Known1, 0, Q);
1981 KnownBits Known2(BitWidth);
1982 computeKnownBits(V2, Known2, 0, Q);
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +00001983
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00001984 APInt OppositeBits = (Known1.Zero & Known2.One) |
1985 (Known2.Zero & Known1.One);
James Molloy1d88d6f2015-10-22 13:18:42 +00001986 if (OppositeBits.getBoolValue())
1987 return true;
1988 }
1989 return false;
1990}
1991
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00001992/// Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use this predicate to
1993/// simplify operations downstream. Mask is known to be zero for bits that V
1994/// cannot have.
Chris Lattner4bc28252009-09-08 00:06:16 +00001995///
1996/// This function is defined on values with integer type, values with pointer
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001997/// type, and vectors of integers. In the case
Chris Lattner4bc28252009-09-08 00:06:16 +00001998/// where V is a vector, the mask, known zero, and known one values are the
1999/// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true
2000/// for all of the elements in the vector.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00002001bool MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, unsigned Depth,
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002002 const Query &Q) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00002003 KnownBits Known(Mask.getBitWidth());
2004 computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q);
2005 return Mask.isSubsetOf(Known.Zero);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002006}
2007
Sanjay Patela06d9892016-06-22 19:20:59 +00002008/// For vector constants, loop over the elements and find the constant with the
2009/// minimum number of sign bits. Return 0 if the value is not a vector constant
2010/// or if any element was not analyzed; otherwise, return the count for the
2011/// element with the minimum number of sign bits.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00002012static unsigned computeNumSignBitsVectorConstant(const Value *V,
2013 unsigned TyBits) {
2014 const auto *CV = dyn_cast<Constant>(V);
Sanjay Patela06d9892016-06-22 19:20:59 +00002015 if (!CV || !CV->getType()->isVectorTy())
2016 return 0;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002017
Sanjay Patela06d9892016-06-22 19:20:59 +00002018 unsigned MinSignBits = TyBits;
2019 unsigned NumElts = CV->getType()->getVectorNumElements();
2020 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2021 // If we find a non-ConstantInt, bail out.
2022 auto *Elt = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(CV->getAggregateElement(i));
2023 if (!Elt)
2024 return 0;
2025
2026 // If the sign bit is 1, flip the bits, so we always count leading zeros.
2027 APInt EltVal = Elt->getValue();
2028 if (EltVal.isNegative())
2029 EltVal = ~EltVal;
2030 MinSignBits = std::min(MinSignBits, EltVal.countLeadingZeros());
2031 }
2032
2033 return MinSignBits;
2034}
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002035
Sanjoy Das39a684d2017-02-25 20:30:45 +00002036static unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(const Value *V, unsigned Depth,
2037 const Query &Q);
2038
2039static unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth,
2040 const Query &Q) {
2041 unsigned Result = ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(V, Depth, Q);
2042 assert(Result > 0 && "At least one sign bit needs to be present!");
2043 return Result;
2044}
2045
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00002046/// Return the number of times the sign bit of the register is replicated into
2047/// the other bits. We know that at least 1 bit is always equal to the sign bit
2048/// (itself), but other cases can give us information. For example, immediately
2049/// after an "ashr X, 2", we know that the top 3 bits are all equal to each
Sanjay Patela06d9892016-06-22 19:20:59 +00002050/// other, so we return 3. For vectors, return the number of sign bits for the
2051/// vector element with the mininum number of known sign bits.
Sanjoy Das39a684d2017-02-25 20:30:45 +00002052static unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(const Value *V, unsigned Depth,
2053 const Query &Q) {
2054
2055 // We return the minimum number of sign bits that are guaranteed to be present
2056 // in V, so for undef we have to conservatively return 1. We don't have the
2057 // same behavior for poison though -- that's a FIXME today.
2058
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002059 unsigned TyBits = Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType());
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002060 unsigned Tmp, Tmp2;
2061 unsigned FirstAnswer = 1;
2062
Jay Foada0653a32014-05-14 21:14:37 +00002063 // Note that ConstantInt is handled by the general computeKnownBits case
Chris Lattner2e01a692008-06-02 18:39:07 +00002064 // below.
2065
Matt Arsenaultcb2a7eb2016-12-20 19:06:15 +00002066 if (Depth == MaxDepth)
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002067 return 1; // Limit search depth.
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002068
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00002069 const Operator *U = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
Dan Gohman80ca01c2009-07-17 20:47:02 +00002070 switch (Operator::getOpcode(V)) {
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002071 default: break;
2072 case Instruction::SExt:
Mon P Wangbb3eac92009-12-02 04:59:58 +00002073 Tmp = TyBits - U->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002074 return ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q) + Tmp;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002075
Nadav Rotemc99a3872015-03-06 00:23:58 +00002076 case Instruction::SDiv: {
Nadav Rotem029c5c72015-03-03 21:39:02 +00002077 const APInt *Denominator;
2078 // sdiv X, C -> adds log(C) sign bits.
2079 if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) {
2080
2081 // Ignore non-positive denominator.
2082 if (!Denominator->isStrictlyPositive())
2083 break;
2084
2085 // Calculate the incoming numerator bits.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002086 unsigned NumBits = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q);
Nadav Rotem029c5c72015-03-03 21:39:02 +00002087
2088 // Add floor(log(C)) bits to the numerator bits.
2089 return std::min(TyBits, NumBits + Denominator->logBase2());
2090 }
2091 break;
Nadav Rotemc99a3872015-03-06 00:23:58 +00002092 }
2093
2094 case Instruction::SRem: {
2095 const APInt *Denominator;
Sanjoy Dase561fee2015-03-25 22:33:53 +00002096 // srem X, C -> we know that the result is within [-C+1,C) when C is a
2097 // positive constant. This let us put a lower bound on the number of sign
2098 // bits.
Nadav Rotemc99a3872015-03-06 00:23:58 +00002099 if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) {
2100
2101 // Ignore non-positive denominator.
2102 if (!Denominator->isStrictlyPositive())
2103 break;
2104
2105 // Calculate the incoming numerator bits. SRem by a positive constant
2106 // can't lower the number of sign bits.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00002107 unsigned NumrBits =
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002108 ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q);
Nadav Rotemc99a3872015-03-06 00:23:58 +00002109
2110 // Calculate the leading sign bit constraints by examining the
Sanjoy Dase561fee2015-03-25 22:33:53 +00002111 // denominator. Given that the denominator is positive, there are two
2112 // cases:
2113 //
2114 // 1. the numerator is positive. The result range is [0,C) and [0,C) u<
2115 // (1 << ceilLogBase2(C)).
2116 //
2117 // 2. the numerator is negative. Then the result range is (-C,0] and
2118 // integers in (-C,0] are either 0 or >u (-1 << ceilLogBase2(C)).
2119 //
2120 // Thus a lower bound on the number of sign bits is `TyBits -
2121 // ceilLogBase2(C)`.
Nadav Rotemc99a3872015-03-06 00:23:58 +00002122
Sanjoy Dase561fee2015-03-25 22:33:53 +00002123 unsigned ResBits = TyBits - Denominator->ceilLogBase2();
Nadav Rotemc99a3872015-03-06 00:23:58 +00002124 return std::max(NumrBits, ResBits);
2125 }
2126 break;
2127 }
Nadav Rotem029c5c72015-03-03 21:39:02 +00002128
Chris Lattner61a1d6c2012-01-26 21:37:55 +00002129 case Instruction::AShr: {
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002130 Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner61a1d6c2012-01-26 21:37:55 +00002131 // ashr X, C -> adds C sign bits. Vectors too.
2132 const APInt *ShAmt;
2133 if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(ShAmt))) {
Sanjoy Das39a684d2017-02-25 20:30:45 +00002134 unsigned ShAmtLimited = ShAmt->getZExtValue();
2135 if (ShAmtLimited >= TyBits)
2136 break; // Bad shift.
2137 Tmp += ShAmtLimited;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002138 if (Tmp > TyBits) Tmp = TyBits;
2139 }
2140 return Tmp;
Chris Lattner61a1d6c2012-01-26 21:37:55 +00002141 }
2142 case Instruction::Shl: {
2143 const APInt *ShAmt;
2144 if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(ShAmt))) {
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002145 // shl destroys sign bits.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002146 Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner61a1d6c2012-01-26 21:37:55 +00002147 Tmp2 = ShAmt->getZExtValue();
2148 if (Tmp2 >= TyBits || // Bad shift.
2149 Tmp2 >= Tmp) break; // Shifted all sign bits out.
2150 return Tmp - Tmp2;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002151 }
2152 break;
Chris Lattner61a1d6c2012-01-26 21:37:55 +00002153 }
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002154 case Instruction::And:
2155 case Instruction::Or:
2156 case Instruction::Xor: // NOT is handled here.
2157 // Logical binary ops preserve the number of sign bits at the worst.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002158 Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002159 if (Tmp != 1) {
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002160 Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002161 FirstAnswer = std::min(Tmp, Tmp2);
2162 // We computed what we know about the sign bits as our first
2163 // answer. Now proceed to the generic code that uses
Jay Foada0653a32014-05-14 21:14:37 +00002164 // computeKnownBits, and pick whichever answer is better.
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002165 }
2166 break;
2167
2168 case Instruction::Select:
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002169 Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002170 if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002171 Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(2), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002172 return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2);
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002173
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002174 case Instruction::Add:
2175 // Add can have at most one carry bit. Thus we know that the output
2176 // is, at worst, one more bit than the inputs.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002177 Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002178 if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out.
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002179
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002180 // Special case decrementing a value (ADD X, -1):
David Majnemera55027f2014-12-26 09:20:17 +00002181 if (const auto *CRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002182 if (CRHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00002183 KnownBits Known(TyBits);
2184 computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002185
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002186 // If the input is known to be 0 or 1, the output is 0/-1, which is all
2187 // sign bits set.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00002188 if ((Known.Zero | 1).isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002189 return TyBits;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002190
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002191 // If we are subtracting one from a positive number, there is no carry
2192 // out of the result.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00002193 if (Known.isNonNegative())
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002194 return Tmp;
2195 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002196
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002197 Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002198 if (Tmp2 == 1) return 1;
Chris Lattner35d3b9d2010-01-07 23:44:37 +00002199 return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2)-1;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002200
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002201 case Instruction::Sub:
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002202 Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002203 if (Tmp2 == 1) return 1;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002204
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002205 // Handle NEG.
David Majnemera55027f2014-12-26 09:20:17 +00002206 if (const auto *CLHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002207 if (CLHS->isNullValue()) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00002208 KnownBits Known(TyBits);
2209 computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002210 // If the input is known to be 0 or 1, the output is 0/-1, which is all
2211 // sign bits set.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00002212 if ((Known.Zero | 1).isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002213 return TyBits;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002214
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002215 // If the input is known to be positive (the sign bit is known clear),
2216 // the output of the NEG has the same number of sign bits as the input.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00002217 if (Known.isNonNegative())
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002218 return Tmp2;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002219
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002220 // Otherwise, we treat this like a SUB.
2221 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002222
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002223 // Sub can have at most one carry bit. Thus we know that the output
2224 // is, at worst, one more bit than the inputs.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002225 Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002226 if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out.
Chris Lattner35d3b9d2010-01-07 23:44:37 +00002227 return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2)-1;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002228
Chris Lattner35d3b9d2010-01-07 23:44:37 +00002229 case Instruction::PHI: {
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00002230 const PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(U);
David Majnemer6ee8d172015-01-04 07:06:53 +00002231 unsigned NumIncomingValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
Chris Lattner35d3b9d2010-01-07 23:44:37 +00002232 // Don't analyze large in-degree PHIs.
David Majnemer6ee8d172015-01-04 07:06:53 +00002233 if (NumIncomingValues > 4) break;
2234 // Unreachable blocks may have zero-operand PHI nodes.
2235 if (NumIncomingValues == 0) break;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002236
Chris Lattner35d3b9d2010-01-07 23:44:37 +00002237 // Take the minimum of all incoming values. This can't infinitely loop
2238 // because of our depth threshold.
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002239 Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(PN->getIncomingValue(0), Depth + 1, Q);
David Majnemer6ee8d172015-01-04 07:06:53 +00002240 for (unsigned i = 1, e = NumIncomingValues; i != e; ++i) {
Chris Lattner35d3b9d2010-01-07 23:44:37 +00002241 if (Tmp == 1) return Tmp;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00002242 Tmp = std::min(
Matthias Braunfeb81bc2016-01-15 22:22:04 +00002243 Tmp, ComputeNumSignBits(PN->getIncomingValue(i), Depth + 1, Q));
Chris Lattner35d3b9d2010-01-07 23:44:37 +00002244 }
2245 return Tmp;
2246 }
2247
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002248 case Instruction::Trunc:
2249 // FIXME: it's tricky to do anything useful for this, but it is an important
2250 // case for targets like X86.
2251 break;
Bjorn Pettersson39616032016-10-06 09:56:21 +00002252
2253 case Instruction::ExtractElement:
2254 // Look through extract element. At the moment we keep this simple and skip
2255 // tracking the specific element. But at least we might find information
2256 // valid for all elements of the vector (for example if vector is sign
2257 // extended, shifted, etc).
2258 return ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q);
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002259 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002260
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002261 // Finally, if we can prove that the top bits of the result are 0's or 1's,
2262 // use this information.
Sanjay Patela06d9892016-06-22 19:20:59 +00002263
2264 // If we can examine all elements of a vector constant successfully, we're
2265 // done (we can't do any better than that). If not, keep trying.
2266 if (unsigned VecSignBits = computeNumSignBitsVectorConstant(V, TyBits))
2267 return VecSignBits;
2268
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00002269 KnownBits Known(TyBits);
2270 computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q);
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002271
Sanjay Patele0536212016-06-23 17:41:59 +00002272 // If we know that the sign bit is either zero or one, determine the number of
2273 // identical bits in the top of the input value.
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00002274 if (Known.isNonNegative())
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00002275 return std::max(FirstAnswer, Known.Zero.countLeadingOnes());
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002276
Craig Topperca48af32017-04-29 16:43:11 +00002277 if (Known.isNegative())
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00002278 return std::max(FirstAnswer, Known.One.countLeadingOnes());
Sanjay Patele0536212016-06-23 17:41:59 +00002279
2280 // computeKnownBits gave us no extra information about the top bits.
2281 return FirstAnswer;
Chris Lattner965c7692008-06-02 01:18:21 +00002282}
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002283
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00002284/// This function computes the integer multiple of Base that equals V.
2285/// If successful, it returns true and returns the multiple in
2286/// Multiple. If unsuccessful, it returns false. It looks
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002287/// through SExt instructions only if LookThroughSExt is true.
2288bool llvm::ComputeMultiple(Value *V, unsigned Base, Value *&Multiple,
Dan Gohman6a976bb2009-11-18 00:58:27 +00002289 bool LookThroughSExt, unsigned Depth) {
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002290 const unsigned MaxDepth = 6;
2291
Dan Gohman6a976bb2009-11-18 00:58:27 +00002292 assert(V && "No Value?");
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002293 assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth");
Duncan Sands9dff9be2010-02-15 16:12:20 +00002294 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Not integer or pointer type!");
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002295
Chris Lattner229907c2011-07-18 04:54:35 +00002296 Type *T = V->getType();
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002297
Dan Gohman6a976bb2009-11-18 00:58:27 +00002298 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V);
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002299
2300 if (Base == 0)
2301 return false;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002302
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002303 if (Base == 1) {
2304 Multiple = V;
2305 return true;
2306 }
2307
2308 ConstantExpr *CO = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V);
2309 Constant *BaseVal = ConstantInt::get(T, Base);
2310 if (CO && CO == BaseVal) {
2311 // Multiple is 1.
2312 Multiple = ConstantInt::get(T, 1);
2313 return true;
2314 }
2315
2316 if (CI && CI->getZExtValue() % Base == 0) {
2317 Multiple = ConstantInt::get(T, CI->getZExtValue() / Base);
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002318 return true;
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002319 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002320
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002321 if (Depth == MaxDepth) return false; // Limit search depth.
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002322
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002323 Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
2324 if (!I) return false;
2325
2326 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
2327 default: break;
Chris Lattner4f0b47d2009-11-26 01:50:12 +00002328 case Instruction::SExt:
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002329 if (!LookThroughSExt) return false;
2330 // otherwise fall through to ZExt
Chris Lattner4f0b47d2009-11-26 01:50:12 +00002331 case Instruction::ZExt:
Dan Gohman6a976bb2009-11-18 00:58:27 +00002332 return ComputeMultiple(I->getOperand(0), Base, Multiple,
2333 LookThroughSExt, Depth+1);
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002334 case Instruction::Shl:
2335 case Instruction::Mul: {
2336 Value *Op0 = I->getOperand(0);
2337 Value *Op1 = I->getOperand(1);
2338
2339 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
2340 ConstantInt *Op1CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1);
2341 if (!Op1CI) return false;
2342 // Turn Op0 << Op1 into Op0 * 2^Op1
2343 APInt Op1Int = Op1CI->getValue();
2344 uint64_t BitToSet = Op1Int.getLimitedValue(Op1Int.getBitWidth() - 1);
Jay Foad15084f02010-11-30 09:02:01 +00002345 APInt API(Op1Int.getBitWidth(), 0);
Jay Foad25a5e4c2010-12-01 08:53:58 +00002346 API.setBit(BitToSet);
Jay Foad15084f02010-11-30 09:02:01 +00002347 Op1 = ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), API);
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002348 }
2349
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002350 Value *Mul0 = nullptr;
Chris Lattner72d283c2010-09-05 17:20:46 +00002351 if (ComputeMultiple(Op0, Base, Mul0, LookThroughSExt, Depth+1)) {
2352 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1))
2353 if (Constant *MulC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Mul0)) {
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002354 if (Op1C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
Chris Lattner72d283c2010-09-05 17:20:46 +00002355 MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
2356 Op1C = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1C, MulC->getType());
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002357 if (Op1C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >
Chris Lattner72d283c2010-09-05 17:20:46 +00002358 MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
2359 MulC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(MulC, Op1C->getType());
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002360
Chris Lattner72d283c2010-09-05 17:20:46 +00002361 // V == Base * (Mul0 * Op1), so return (Mul0 * Op1)
2362 Multiple = ConstantExpr::getMul(MulC, Op1C);
2363 return true;
2364 }
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002365
2366 if (ConstantInt *Mul0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Mul0))
2367 if (Mul0CI->getValue() == 1) {
2368 // V == Base * Op1, so return Op1
2369 Multiple = Op1;
2370 return true;
2371 }
2372 }
2373
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002374 Value *Mul1 = nullptr;
Chris Lattner72d283c2010-09-05 17:20:46 +00002375 if (ComputeMultiple(Op1, Base, Mul1, LookThroughSExt, Depth+1)) {
2376 if (Constant *Op0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0))
2377 if (Constant *MulC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Mul1)) {
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002378 if (Op0C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
Chris Lattner72d283c2010-09-05 17:20:46 +00002379 MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
2380 Op0C = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op0C, MulC->getType());
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002381 if (Op0C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >
Chris Lattner72d283c2010-09-05 17:20:46 +00002382 MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
2383 MulC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(MulC, Op0C->getType());
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002384
Chris Lattner72d283c2010-09-05 17:20:46 +00002385 // V == Base * (Mul1 * Op0), so return (Mul1 * Op0)
2386 Multiple = ConstantExpr::getMul(MulC, Op0C);
2387 return true;
2388 }
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002389
2390 if (ConstantInt *Mul1CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Mul1))
2391 if (Mul1CI->getValue() == 1) {
2392 // V == Base * Op0, so return Op0
2393 Multiple = Op0;
2394 return true;
2395 }
2396 }
Victor Hernandez47444882009-11-10 08:28:35 +00002397 }
2398 }
2399
2400 // We could not determine if V is a multiple of Base.
2401 return false;
2402}
2403
David Majnemerb4b27232016-04-19 19:10:21 +00002404Intrinsic::ID llvm::getIntrinsicForCallSite(ImmutableCallSite ICS,
2405 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
2406 const Function *F = ICS.getCalledFunction();
2407 if (!F)
2408 return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic;
2409
2410 if (F->isIntrinsic())
2411 return F->getIntrinsicID();
2412
2413 if (!TLI)
2414 return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic;
2415
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002416 LibFunc Func;
David Majnemerb4b27232016-04-19 19:10:21 +00002417 // We're going to make assumptions on the semantics of the functions, check
2418 // that the target knows that it's available in this environment and it does
2419 // not have local linkage.
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002420 if (!F || F->hasLocalLinkage() || !TLI->getLibFunc(*F, Func))
2421 return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic;
2422
2423 if (!ICS.onlyReadsMemory())
David Majnemerb4b27232016-04-19 19:10:21 +00002424 return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic;
2425
2426 // Otherwise check if we have a call to a function that can be turned into a
2427 // vector intrinsic.
2428 switch (Func) {
2429 default:
2430 break;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002431 case LibFunc_sin:
2432 case LibFunc_sinf:
2433 case LibFunc_sinl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002434 return Intrinsic::sin;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002435 case LibFunc_cos:
2436 case LibFunc_cosf:
2437 case LibFunc_cosl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002438 return Intrinsic::cos;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002439 case LibFunc_exp:
2440 case LibFunc_expf:
2441 case LibFunc_expl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002442 return Intrinsic::exp;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002443 case LibFunc_exp2:
2444 case LibFunc_exp2f:
2445 case LibFunc_exp2l:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002446 return Intrinsic::exp2;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002447 case LibFunc_log:
2448 case LibFunc_logf:
2449 case LibFunc_logl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002450 return Intrinsic::log;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002451 case LibFunc_log10:
2452 case LibFunc_log10f:
2453 case LibFunc_log10l:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002454 return Intrinsic::log10;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002455 case LibFunc_log2:
2456 case LibFunc_log2f:
2457 case LibFunc_log2l:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002458 return Intrinsic::log2;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002459 case LibFunc_fabs:
2460 case LibFunc_fabsf:
2461 case LibFunc_fabsl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002462 return Intrinsic::fabs;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002463 case LibFunc_fmin:
2464 case LibFunc_fminf:
2465 case LibFunc_fminl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002466 return Intrinsic::minnum;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002467 case LibFunc_fmax:
2468 case LibFunc_fmaxf:
2469 case LibFunc_fmaxl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002470 return Intrinsic::maxnum;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002471 case LibFunc_copysign:
2472 case LibFunc_copysignf:
2473 case LibFunc_copysignl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002474 return Intrinsic::copysign;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002475 case LibFunc_floor:
2476 case LibFunc_floorf:
2477 case LibFunc_floorl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002478 return Intrinsic::floor;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002479 case LibFunc_ceil:
2480 case LibFunc_ceilf:
2481 case LibFunc_ceill:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002482 return Intrinsic::ceil;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002483 case LibFunc_trunc:
2484 case LibFunc_truncf:
2485 case LibFunc_truncl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002486 return Intrinsic::trunc;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002487 case LibFunc_rint:
2488 case LibFunc_rintf:
2489 case LibFunc_rintl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002490 return Intrinsic::rint;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002491 case LibFunc_nearbyint:
2492 case LibFunc_nearbyintf:
2493 case LibFunc_nearbyintl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002494 return Intrinsic::nearbyint;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002495 case LibFunc_round:
2496 case LibFunc_roundf:
2497 case LibFunc_roundl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002498 return Intrinsic::round;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002499 case LibFunc_pow:
2500 case LibFunc_powf:
2501 case LibFunc_powl:
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002502 return Intrinsic::pow;
David L. Jonesd21529f2017-01-23 23:16:46 +00002503 case LibFunc_sqrt:
2504 case LibFunc_sqrtf:
2505 case LibFunc_sqrtl:
David Majnemerb4b27232016-04-19 19:10:21 +00002506 if (ICS->hasNoNaNs())
Ahmed Bougachad765a822016-04-27 19:04:35 +00002507 return Intrinsic::sqrt;
David Majnemerb4b27232016-04-19 19:10:21 +00002508 return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic;
2509 }
2510
2511 return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic;
2512}
2513
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00002514/// Return true if we can prove that the specified FP value is never equal to
2515/// -0.0.
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002516///
2517/// NOTE: this function will need to be revisited when we support non-default
2518/// rounding modes!
2519///
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002520bool llvm::CannotBeNegativeZero(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
2521 unsigned Depth) {
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002522 if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
2523 return !CFP->getValueAPF().isNegZero();
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002524
Matt Arsenaultcb2a7eb2016-12-20 19:06:15 +00002525 if (Depth == MaxDepth)
Sanjay Patel40eaa8d2015-02-25 18:00:15 +00002526 return false; // Limit search depth.
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002527
Dan Gohman80ca01c2009-07-17 20:47:02 +00002528 const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002529 if (!I) return false;
Michael Ilseman0f128372012-12-06 00:07:09 +00002530
2531 // Check if the nsz fast-math flag is set
2532 if (const FPMathOperator *FPO = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(I))
2533 if (FPO->hasNoSignedZeros())
2534 return true;
2535
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002536 // (add x, 0.0) is guaranteed to return +0.0, not -0.0.
Jakub Staszakb7129f22013-03-06 00:16:16 +00002537 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd)
2538 if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(I->getOperand(1)))
2539 if (CFP->isNullValue())
2540 return true;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002541
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002542 // sitofp and uitofp turn into +0.0 for zero.
2543 if (isa<SIToFPInst>(I) || isa<UIToFPInst>(I))
2544 return true;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002545
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002546 if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) {
David Majnemerb4b27232016-04-19 19:10:21 +00002547 Intrinsic::ID IID = getIntrinsicForCallSite(CI, TLI);
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002548 switch (IID) {
2549 default:
2550 break;
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002551 // sqrt(-0.0) = -0.0, no other negative results are possible.
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002552 case Intrinsic::sqrt:
2553 return CannotBeNegativeZero(CI->getArgOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1);
2554 // fabs(x) != -0.0
2555 case Intrinsic::fabs:
2556 return true;
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002557 }
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002558 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002559
Chris Lattnera12a6de2008-06-02 01:29:46 +00002560 return false;
2561}
2562
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002563/// If \p SignBitOnly is true, test for a known 0 sign bit rather than a
2564/// standard ordered compare. e.g. make -0.0 olt 0.0 be true because of the sign
2565/// bit despite comparing equal.
2566static bool cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(const Value *V,
2567 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
2568 bool SignBitOnly,
2569 unsigned Depth) {
Justin Lebar322c1272017-01-27 00:58:34 +00002570 // TODO: This function does not do the right thing when SignBitOnly is true
2571 // and we're lowering to a hypothetical IEEE 754-compliant-but-evil platform
2572 // which flips the sign bits of NaNs. See
2573 // https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=31702.
2574
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002575 if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) {
2576 return !CFP->getValueAPF().isNegative() ||
2577 (!SignBitOnly && CFP->getValueAPF().isZero());
2578 }
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002579
Matt Arsenaultcb2a7eb2016-12-20 19:06:15 +00002580 if (Depth == MaxDepth)
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002581 return false; // Limit search depth.
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002582
2583 const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002584 if (!I)
2585 return false;
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002586
2587 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002588 default:
2589 break;
Fiona Glaserdb7824f2016-01-12 23:37:30 +00002590 // Unsigned integers are always nonnegative.
2591 case Instruction::UIToFP:
2592 return true;
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002593 case Instruction::FMul:
2594 // x*x is always non-negative or a NaN.
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002595 if (I->getOperand(0) == I->getOperand(1) &&
2596 (!SignBitOnly || cast<FPMathOperator>(I)->hasNoNaNs()))
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002597 return true;
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002598
Justin Bognercd1d5aa2016-08-17 20:30:52 +00002599 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002600 case Instruction::FAdd:
2601 case Instruction::FDiv:
2602 case Instruction::FRem:
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002603 return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2604 Depth + 1) &&
2605 cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2606 Depth + 1);
Fiona Glaserdb7824f2016-01-12 23:37:30 +00002607 case Instruction::Select:
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002608 return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2609 Depth + 1) &&
2610 cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(2), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2611 Depth + 1);
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002612 case Instruction::FPExt:
2613 case Instruction::FPTrunc:
2614 // Widening/narrowing never change sign.
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002615 return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2616 Depth + 1);
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002617 case Instruction::Call:
Justin Lebar7e3184c2017-01-26 00:10:26 +00002618 const auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(I);
2619 Intrinsic::ID IID = getIntrinsicForCallSite(CI, TLI);
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002620 switch (IID) {
2621 default:
2622 break;
2623 case Intrinsic::maxnum:
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002624 return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2625 Depth + 1) ||
2626 cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2627 Depth + 1);
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002628 case Intrinsic::minnum:
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002629 return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2630 Depth + 1) &&
2631 cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2632 Depth + 1);
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002633 case Intrinsic::exp:
2634 case Intrinsic::exp2:
2635 case Intrinsic::fabs:
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002636 return true;
Justin Lebar7e3184c2017-01-26 00:10:26 +00002637
2638 case Intrinsic::sqrt:
2639 // sqrt(x) is always >= -0 or NaN. Moreover, sqrt(x) == -0 iff x == -0.
2640 if (!SignBitOnly)
2641 return true;
2642 return CI->hasNoNaNs() && (CI->hasNoSignedZeros() ||
2643 CannotBeNegativeZero(CI->getOperand(0), TLI));
2644
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002645 case Intrinsic::powi:
Justin Lebar7e3184c2017-01-26 00:10:26 +00002646 if (ConstantInt *Exponent = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002647 // powi(x,n) is non-negative if n is even.
Justin Lebar7e3184c2017-01-26 00:10:26 +00002648 if (Exponent->getBitWidth() <= 64 && Exponent->getSExtValue() % 2u == 0)
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002649 return true;
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002650 }
Justin Lebar322c1272017-01-27 00:58:34 +00002651 // TODO: This is not correct. Given that exp is an integer, here are the
2652 // ways that pow can return a negative value:
2653 //
2654 // pow(x, exp) --> negative if exp is odd and x is negative.
2655 // pow(-0, exp) --> -inf if exp is negative odd.
2656 // pow(-0, exp) --> -0 if exp is positive odd.
2657 // pow(-inf, exp) --> -0 if exp is negative odd.
2658 // pow(-inf, exp) --> -inf if exp is positive odd.
2659 //
2660 // Therefore, if !SignBitOnly, we can return true if x >= +0 or x is NaN,
2661 // but we must return false if x == -0. Unfortunately we do not currently
2662 // have a way of expressing this constraint. See details in
2663 // https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=31702.
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002664 return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2665 Depth + 1);
Justin Lebar322c1272017-01-27 00:58:34 +00002666
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002667 case Intrinsic::fma:
2668 case Intrinsic::fmuladd:
2669 // x*x+y is non-negative if y is non-negative.
2670 return I->getOperand(0) == I->getOperand(1) &&
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002671 (!SignBitOnly || cast<FPMathOperator>(I)->hasNoNaNs()) &&
2672 cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(2), TLI, SignBitOnly,
2673 Depth + 1);
David Majnemer3ee5f342016-04-13 06:55:52 +00002674 }
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002675 break;
2676 }
Sanjoy Das6082c1a2016-05-07 02:08:15 +00002677 return false;
Elena Demikhovsky45f04482015-01-28 08:03:58 +00002678}
2679
Matt Arsenault1e0edbf2017-01-11 00:33:24 +00002680bool llvm::CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(const Value *V,
2681 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
2682 return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(V, TLI, false, 0);
2683}
2684
2685bool llvm::SignBitMustBeZero(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
2686 return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(V, TLI, true, 0);
2687}
2688
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00002689/// If the specified value can be set by repeating the same byte in memory,
2690/// return the i8 value that it is represented with. This is
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002691/// true for all i8 values obviously, but is also true for i32 0, i32 -1,
2692/// i16 0xF0F0, double 0.0 etc. If the value can't be handled with a repeated
2693/// byte store (e.g. i16 0x1234), return null.
2694Value *llvm::isBytewiseValue(Value *V) {
2695 // All byte-wide stores are splatable, even of arbitrary variables.
2696 if (V->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) return V;
Chris Lattneracf6b072011-02-19 19:35:49 +00002697
2698 // Handle 'null' ConstantArrayZero etc.
2699 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
2700 if (C->isNullValue())
2701 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt8Ty(V->getContext()));
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002702
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002703 // Constant float and double values can be handled as integer values if the
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002704 // corresponding integer value is "byteable". An important case is 0.0.
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002705 if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) {
2706 if (CFP->getType()->isFloatTy())
2707 V = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CFP, Type::getInt32Ty(V->getContext()));
2708 if (CFP->getType()->isDoubleTy())
2709 V = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CFP, Type::getInt64Ty(V->getContext()));
2710 // Don't handle long double formats, which have strange constraints.
2711 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002712
Benjamin Kramer17d90152015-02-07 19:29:02 +00002713 // We can handle constant integers that are multiple of 8 bits.
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002714 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
Benjamin Kramer17d90152015-02-07 19:29:02 +00002715 if (CI->getBitWidth() % 8 == 0) {
2716 assert(CI->getBitWidth() > 8 && "8 bits should be handled above!");
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002717
Benjamin Kramerb4b51502015-03-25 16:49:59 +00002718 if (!CI->getValue().isSplat(8))
Benjamin Kramer17d90152015-02-07 19:29:02 +00002719 return nullptr;
2720 return ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), CI->getValue().trunc(8));
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002721 }
2722 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002723
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00002724 // A ConstantDataArray/Vector is splatable if all its members are equal and
2725 // also splatable.
2726 if (ConstantDataSequential *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V)) {
2727 Value *Elt = CA->getElementAsConstant(0);
2728 Value *Val = isBytewiseValue(Elt);
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002729 if (!Val)
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002730 return nullptr;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002731
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00002732 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CA->getNumElements(); I != E; ++I)
2733 if (CA->getElementAsConstant(I) != Elt)
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002734 return nullptr;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002735
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002736 return Val;
2737 }
Chad Rosier8abf65a2011-12-06 00:19:08 +00002738
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002739 // Conceptually, we could handle things like:
2740 // %a = zext i8 %X to i16
2741 // %b = shl i16 %a, 8
2742 // %c = or i16 %a, %b
2743 // but until there is an example that actually needs this, it doesn't seem
2744 // worth worrying about.
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002745 return nullptr;
Chris Lattner9cb10352010-12-26 20:15:01 +00002746}
2747
2748
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002749// This is the recursive version of BuildSubAggregate. It takes a few different
2750// arguments. Idxs is the index within the nested struct From that we are
2751// looking at now (which is of type IndexedType). IdxSkip is the number of
2752// indices from Idxs that should be left out when inserting into the resulting
2753// struct. To is the result struct built so far, new insertvalue instructions
2754// build on that.
Chris Lattner229907c2011-07-18 04:54:35 +00002755static Value *BuildSubAggregate(Value *From, Value* To, Type *IndexedType,
Craig Topper2cd5ff82013-07-11 16:22:38 +00002756 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Idxs,
Dan Gohmana6d0afc2009-08-07 01:32:21 +00002757 unsigned IdxSkip,
Dan Gohmana6d0afc2009-08-07 01:32:21 +00002758 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
Dmitri Gribenko226fea52013-01-13 16:01:15 +00002759 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IndexedType);
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002760 if (STy) {
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002761 // Save the original To argument so we can modify it
2762 Value *OrigTo = To;
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002763 // General case, the type indexed by Idxs is a struct
2764 for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
2765 // Process each struct element recursively
2766 Idxs.push_back(i);
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002767 Value *PrevTo = To;
Matthijs Kooijman5cb38772008-06-16 12:57:37 +00002768 To = BuildSubAggregate(From, To, STy->getElementType(i), Idxs, IdxSkip,
Nick Lewycky39dbfd32009-11-23 03:29:18 +00002769 InsertBefore);
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002770 Idxs.pop_back();
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002771 if (!To) {
2772 // Couldn't find any inserted value for this index? Cleanup
2773 while (PrevTo != OrigTo) {
2774 InsertValueInst* Del = cast<InsertValueInst>(PrevTo);
2775 PrevTo = Del->getAggregateOperand();
2776 Del->eraseFromParent();
2777 }
2778 // Stop processing elements
2779 break;
2780 }
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002781 }
Chris Lattner0ab5e2c2011-04-15 05:18:47 +00002782 // If we successfully found a value for each of our subaggregates
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002783 if (To)
2784 return To;
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002785 }
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002786 // Base case, the type indexed by SourceIdxs is not a struct, or not all of
2787 // the struct's elements had a value that was inserted directly. In the latter
2788 // case, perhaps we can't determine each of the subelements individually, but
2789 // we might be able to find the complete struct somewhere.
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002790
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002791 // Find the value that is at that particular spot
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002792 Value *V = FindInsertedValue(From, Idxs);
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002793
2794 if (!V)
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002795 return nullptr;
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002796
2797 // Insert the value in the new (sub) aggregrate
Frits van Bommel717d7ed2011-07-18 12:00:32 +00002798 return llvm::InsertValueInst::Create(To, V, makeArrayRef(Idxs).slice(IdxSkip),
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002799 "tmp", InsertBefore);
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002800}
2801
2802// This helper takes a nested struct and extracts a part of it (which is again a
2803// struct) into a new value. For example, given the struct:
2804// { a, { b, { c, d }, e } }
2805// and the indices "1, 1" this returns
2806// { c, d }.
2807//
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002808// It does this by inserting an insertvalue for each element in the resulting
2809// struct, as opposed to just inserting a single struct. This will only work if
2810// each of the elements of the substruct are known (ie, inserted into From by an
2811// insertvalue instruction somewhere).
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002812//
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002813// All inserted insertvalue instructions are inserted before InsertBefore
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002814static Value *BuildSubAggregate(Value *From, ArrayRef<unsigned> idx_range,
Dan Gohmana6d0afc2009-08-07 01:32:21 +00002815 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
Matthijs Kooijman69801d42008-06-16 13:28:31 +00002816 assert(InsertBefore && "Must have someplace to insert!");
Chris Lattner229907c2011-07-18 04:54:35 +00002817 Type *IndexedType = ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(From->getType(),
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002818 idx_range);
Owen Andersonb292b8c2009-07-30 23:03:37 +00002819 Value *To = UndefValue::get(IndexedType);
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002820 SmallVector<unsigned, 10> Idxs(idx_range.begin(), idx_range.end());
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002821 unsigned IdxSkip = Idxs.size();
2822
Nick Lewycky39dbfd32009-11-23 03:29:18 +00002823 return BuildSubAggregate(From, To, IndexedType, Idxs, IdxSkip, InsertBefore);
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002824}
2825
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00002826/// Given an aggregrate and an sequence of indices, see if
Matthijs Kooijman5cb38772008-06-16 12:57:37 +00002827/// the scalar value indexed is already around as a register, for example if it
2828/// were inserted directly into the aggregrate.
Matthijs Kooijmanfa4d0b82008-06-16 14:13:46 +00002829///
2830/// If InsertBefore is not null, this function will duplicate (modified)
2831/// insertvalues when a part of a nested struct is extracted.
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002832Value *llvm::FindInsertedValue(Value *V, ArrayRef<unsigned> idx_range,
2833 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002834 // Nothing to index? Just return V then (this is useful at the end of our
Chris Lattnerf7eb5432012-01-24 07:54:10 +00002835 // recursion).
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002836 if (idx_range.empty())
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002837 return V;
Chris Lattnerf7eb5432012-01-24 07:54:10 +00002838 // We have indices, so V should have an indexable type.
2839 assert((V->getType()->isStructTy() || V->getType()->isArrayTy()) &&
2840 "Not looking at a struct or array?");
2841 assert(ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(V->getType(), idx_range) &&
2842 "Invalid indices for type?");
Owen Andersonf1f17432009-07-06 22:37:39 +00002843
Chris Lattner67058832012-01-25 06:48:06 +00002844 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) {
2845 C = C->getAggregateElement(idx_range[0]);
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002846 if (!C) return nullptr;
Chris Lattner67058832012-01-25 06:48:06 +00002847 return FindInsertedValue(C, idx_range.slice(1), InsertBefore);
2848 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002849
Chris Lattnerf7eb5432012-01-24 07:54:10 +00002850 if (InsertValueInst *I = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(V)) {
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002851 // Loop the indices for the insertvalue instruction in parallel with the
2852 // requested indices
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002853 const unsigned *req_idx = idx_range.begin();
Matthijs Kooijman5cb38772008-06-16 12:57:37 +00002854 for (const unsigned *i = I->idx_begin(), *e = I->idx_end();
2855 i != e; ++i, ++req_idx) {
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002856 if (req_idx == idx_range.end()) {
Chris Lattnerf7eb5432012-01-24 07:54:10 +00002857 // We can't handle this without inserting insertvalues
2858 if (!InsertBefore)
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002859 return nullptr;
Chris Lattnerf7eb5432012-01-24 07:54:10 +00002860
2861 // The requested index identifies a part of a nested aggregate. Handle
2862 // this specially. For example,
2863 // %A = insertvalue { i32, {i32, i32 } } undef, i32 10, 1, 0
2864 // %B = insertvalue { i32, {i32, i32 } } %A, i32 11, 1, 1
2865 // %C = extractvalue {i32, { i32, i32 } } %B, 1
2866 // This can be changed into
2867 // %A = insertvalue {i32, i32 } undef, i32 10, 0
2868 // %C = insertvalue {i32, i32 } %A, i32 11, 1
2869 // which allows the unused 0,0 element from the nested struct to be
2870 // removed.
2871 return BuildSubAggregate(V, makeArrayRef(idx_range.begin(), req_idx),
2872 InsertBefore);
Duncan Sandsdb356ee2008-06-19 08:47:31 +00002873 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002874
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002875 // This insert value inserts something else than what we are looking for.
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00002876 // See if the (aggregate) value inserted into has the value we are
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002877 // looking for, then.
2878 if (*req_idx != *i)
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002879 return FindInsertedValue(I->getAggregateOperand(), idx_range,
Nick Lewycky39dbfd32009-11-23 03:29:18 +00002880 InsertBefore);
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002881 }
2882 // If we end up here, the indices of the insertvalue match with those
2883 // requested (though possibly only partially). Now we recursively look at
2884 // the inserted value, passing any remaining indices.
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002885 return FindInsertedValue(I->getInsertedValueOperand(),
Frits van Bommel717d7ed2011-07-18 12:00:32 +00002886 makeArrayRef(req_idx, idx_range.end()),
Nick Lewycky39dbfd32009-11-23 03:29:18 +00002887 InsertBefore);
Chris Lattnerf7eb5432012-01-24 07:54:10 +00002888 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002889
Chris Lattnerf7eb5432012-01-24 07:54:10 +00002890 if (ExtractValueInst *I = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(V)) {
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00002891 // If we're extracting a value from an aggregate that was extracted from
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002892 // something else, we can extract from that something else directly instead.
2893 // However, we will need to chain I's indices with the requested indices.
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002894
2895 // Calculate the number of indices required
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002896 unsigned size = I->getNumIndices() + idx_range.size();
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002897 // Allocate some space to put the new indices in
Matthijs Kooijman8369c672008-06-17 08:24:37 +00002898 SmallVector<unsigned, 5> Idxs;
2899 Idxs.reserve(size);
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002900 // Add indices from the extract value instruction
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002901 Idxs.append(I->idx_begin(), I->idx_end());
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002902
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002903 // Add requested indices
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002904 Idxs.append(idx_range.begin(), idx_range.end());
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002905
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002906 assert(Idxs.size() == size
Matthijs Kooijman5cb38772008-06-16 12:57:37 +00002907 && "Number of indices added not correct?");
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002908
Jay Foad57aa6362011-07-13 10:26:04 +00002909 return FindInsertedValue(I->getAggregateOperand(), Idxs, InsertBefore);
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002910 }
2911 // Otherwise, we don't know (such as, extracting from a function return value
2912 // or load instruction)
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00002913 return nullptr;
Matthijs Kooijmane92e18b2008-06-16 12:48:21 +00002914}
Evan Chengda3db112008-06-30 07:31:25 +00002915
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00002916/// Analyze the specified pointer to see if it can be expressed as a base
2917/// pointer plus a constant offset. Return the base and offset to the caller.
Chris Lattnere28618d2010-11-30 22:25:26 +00002918Value *llvm::GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Value *Ptr, int64_t &Offset,
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00002919 const DataLayout &DL) {
2920 unsigned BitWidth = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType());
Nuno Lopes368c4d02012-12-31 20:48:35 +00002921 APInt ByteOffset(BitWidth, 0);
Chandler Carruth76641272016-01-04 07:23:12 +00002922
2923 // We walk up the defs but use a visited set to handle unreachable code. In
2924 // that case, we stop after accumulating the cycle once (not that it
2925 // matters).
2926 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> Visited;
2927 while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second) {
Nuno Lopes368c4d02012-12-31 20:48:35 +00002928 if (Ptr->getType()->isVectorTy())
2929 break;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002930
Nuno Lopes368c4d02012-12-31 20:48:35 +00002931 if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
Tom Stellard17eb3412016-10-07 14:23:29 +00002932 // If one of the values we have visited is an addrspacecast, then
2933 // the pointer type of this GEP may be different from the type
2934 // of the Ptr parameter which was passed to this function. This
2935 // means when we construct GEPOffset, we need to use the size
2936 // of GEP's pointer type rather than the size of the original
2937 // pointer type.
2938 APInt GEPOffset(DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()), 0);
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00002939 if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset))
2940 break;
Matt Arsenaultf55e5e72013-08-10 17:34:08 +00002941
Tom Stellard17eb3412016-10-07 14:23:29 +00002942 ByteOffset += GEPOffset.getSExtValue();
Matt Arsenaultf55e5e72013-08-10 17:34:08 +00002943
Nuno Lopes368c4d02012-12-31 20:48:35 +00002944 Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
Tom Stellard17eb3412016-10-07 14:23:29 +00002945 } else if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast ||
2946 Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) {
Nuno Lopes368c4d02012-12-31 20:48:35 +00002947 Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0);
2948 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) {
Sanjoy Das5ce32722016-04-08 00:48:30 +00002949 if (GA->isInterposable())
Nuno Lopes368c4d02012-12-31 20:48:35 +00002950 break;
2951 Ptr = GA->getAliasee();
Chris Lattnere28618d2010-11-30 22:25:26 +00002952 } else {
Nuno Lopes368c4d02012-12-31 20:48:35 +00002953 break;
Chris Lattnere28618d2010-11-30 22:25:26 +00002954 }
2955 }
Nuno Lopes368c4d02012-12-31 20:48:35 +00002956 Offset = ByteOffset.getSExtValue();
2957 return Ptr;
Chris Lattnere28618d2010-11-30 22:25:26 +00002958}
2959
David L Kreitzer752c1442016-04-13 14:31:06 +00002960bool llvm::isGEPBasedOnPointerToString(const GEPOperator *GEP) {
2961 // Make sure the GEP has exactly three arguments.
2962 if (GEP->getNumOperands() != 3)
2963 return false;
2964
2965 // Make sure the index-ee is a pointer to array of i8.
2966 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(GEP->getSourceElementType());
2967 if (!AT || !AT->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(8))
2968 return false;
2969
2970 // Check to make sure that the first operand of the GEP is an integer and
2971 // has value 0 so that we are sure we're indexing into the initializer.
2972 const ConstantInt *FirstIdx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1));
2973 if (!FirstIdx || !FirstIdx->isZero())
2974 return false;
2975
2976 return true;
Sanjoy Das6082c1a2016-05-07 02:08:15 +00002977}
Chris Lattnere28618d2010-11-30 22:25:26 +00002978
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00002979/// This function computes the length of a null-terminated C string pointed to
2980/// by V. If successful, it returns true and returns the string in Str.
2981/// If unsuccessful, it returns false.
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00002982bool llvm::getConstantStringInfo(const Value *V, StringRef &Str,
2983 uint64_t Offset, bool TrimAtNul) {
2984 assert(V);
Evan Chengda3db112008-06-30 07:31:25 +00002985
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00002986 // Look through bitcast instructions and geps.
2987 V = V->stripPointerCasts();
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002988
Benjamin Kramer0248a3e2015-03-21 15:36:06 +00002989 // If the value is a GEP instruction or constant expression, treat it as an
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00002990 // offset.
2991 if (const GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) {
David L Kreitzer752c1442016-04-13 14:31:06 +00002992 // The GEP operator should be based on a pointer to string constant, and is
2993 // indexing into the string constant.
2994 if (!isGEPBasedOnPointerToString(GEP))
Bill Wendlingfa54bc22009-03-13 04:39:26 +00002995 return false;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00002996
Evan Chengda3db112008-06-30 07:31:25 +00002997 // If the second index isn't a ConstantInt, then this is a variable index
2998 // into the array. If this occurs, we can't say anything meaningful about
2999 // the string.
3000 uint64_t StartIdx = 0;
Dan Gohman0b4df042010-04-14 22:20:45 +00003001 if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(2)))
Evan Chengda3db112008-06-30 07:31:25 +00003002 StartIdx = CI->getZExtValue();
Bill Wendlingfa54bc22009-03-13 04:39:26 +00003003 else
3004 return false;
Benjamin Kramer0248a3e2015-03-21 15:36:06 +00003005 return getConstantStringInfo(GEP->getOperand(0), Str, StartIdx + Offset,
3006 TrimAtNul);
Evan Chengda3db112008-06-30 07:31:25 +00003007 }
Nick Lewycky46209882011-10-20 00:34:35 +00003008
Evan Chengda3db112008-06-30 07:31:25 +00003009 // The GEP instruction, constant or instruction, must reference a global
3010 // variable that is a constant and is initialized. The referenced constant
3011 // initializer is the array that we'll use for optimization.
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003012 const GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(V);
Dan Gohman5d5bc6d2009-08-19 18:20:44 +00003013 if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer())
Bill Wendlingfa54bc22009-03-13 04:39:26 +00003014 return false;
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003015
Sanjay Patel8ec7e7c2016-05-22 16:07:20 +00003016 // Handle the all-zeros case.
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003017 if (GV->getInitializer()->isNullValue()) {
Evan Chengda3db112008-06-30 07:31:25 +00003018 // This is a degenerate case. The initializer is constant zero so the
3019 // length of the string must be zero.
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003020 Str = "";
Bill Wendlingfa54bc22009-03-13 04:39:26 +00003021 return true;
3022 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00003023
Sanjay Patel8ec7e7c2016-05-22 16:07:20 +00003024 // This must be a ConstantDataArray.
3025 const auto *Array = dyn_cast<ConstantDataArray>(GV->getInitializer());
Craig Topper9f008862014-04-15 04:59:12 +00003026 if (!Array || !Array->isString())
Bill Wendlingfa54bc22009-03-13 04:39:26 +00003027 return false;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00003028
Sanjay Patel8ec7e7c2016-05-22 16:07:20 +00003029 // Get the number of elements in the array.
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003030 uint64_t NumElts = Array->getType()->getArrayNumElements();
3031
3032 // Start out with the entire array in the StringRef.
3033 Str = Array->getAsString();
3034
Bill Wendlingfa54bc22009-03-13 04:39:26 +00003035 if (Offset > NumElts)
3036 return false;
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00003037
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003038 // Skip over 'offset' bytes.
3039 Str = Str.substr(Offset);
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00003040
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003041 if (TrimAtNul) {
3042 // Trim off the \0 and anything after it. If the array is not nul
3043 // terminated, we just return the whole end of string. The client may know
3044 // some other way that the string is length-bound.
3045 Str = Str.substr(0, Str.find('\0'));
3046 }
Bill Wendlingfa54bc22009-03-13 04:39:26 +00003047 return true;
Evan Chengda3db112008-06-30 07:31:25 +00003048}
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003049
3050// These next two are very similar to the above, but also look through PHI
3051// nodes.
3052// TODO: See if we can integrate these two together.
3053
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00003054/// If we can compute the length of the string pointed to by
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003055/// the specified pointer, return 'len+1'. If we can't, return 0.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003056static uint64_t GetStringLengthH(const Value *V,
3057 SmallPtrSetImpl<const PHINode*> &PHIs) {
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003058 // Look through noop bitcast instructions.
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003059 V = V->stripPointerCasts();
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003060
3061 // If this is a PHI node, there are two cases: either we have already seen it
3062 // or we haven't.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003063 if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003064 if (!PHIs.insert(PN).second)
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003065 return ~0ULL; // already in the set.
3066
3067 // If it was new, see if all the input strings are the same length.
3068 uint64_t LenSoFar = ~0ULL;
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00003069 for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values()) {
3070 uint64_t Len = GetStringLengthH(IncValue, PHIs);
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003071 if (Len == 0) return 0; // Unknown length -> unknown.
3072
3073 if (Len == ~0ULL) continue;
3074
3075 if (Len != LenSoFar && LenSoFar != ~0ULL)
3076 return 0; // Disagree -> unknown.
3077 LenSoFar = Len;
3078 }
3079
3080 // Success, all agree.
3081 return LenSoFar;
3082 }
3083
3084 // strlen(select(c,x,y)) -> strlen(x) ^ strlen(y)
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003085 if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003086 uint64_t Len1 = GetStringLengthH(SI->getTrueValue(), PHIs);
3087 if (Len1 == 0) return 0;
3088 uint64_t Len2 = GetStringLengthH(SI->getFalseValue(), PHIs);
3089 if (Len2 == 0) return 0;
3090 if (Len1 == ~0ULL) return Len2;
3091 if (Len2 == ~0ULL) return Len1;
3092 if (Len1 != Len2) return 0;
3093 return Len1;
3094 }
Craig Topper1bef2c82012-12-22 19:15:35 +00003095
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003096 // Otherwise, see if we can read the string.
3097 StringRef StrData;
3098 if (!getConstantStringInfo(V, StrData))
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003099 return 0;
3100
Chris Lattnercf9e8f62012-02-05 02:29:43 +00003101 return StrData.size()+1;
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003102}
3103
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00003104/// If we can compute the length of the string pointed to by
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003105/// the specified pointer, return 'len+1'. If we can't, return 0.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003106uint64_t llvm::GetStringLength(const Value *V) {
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003107 if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) return 0;
3108
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003109 SmallPtrSet<const PHINode*, 32> PHIs;
Eric Christopher4899cbc2010-03-05 06:58:57 +00003110 uint64_t Len = GetStringLengthH(V, PHIs);
3111 // If Len is ~0ULL, we had an infinite phi cycle: this is dead code, so return
3112 // an empty string as a length.
3113 return Len == ~0ULL ? 1 : Len;
3114}
Dan Gohmana4fcd242010-12-15 20:02:24 +00003115
Adam Nemete2b885c2015-04-23 20:09:20 +00003116/// \brief \p PN defines a loop-variant pointer to an object. Check if the
3117/// previous iteration of the loop was referring to the same object as \p PN.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003118static bool isSameUnderlyingObjectInLoop(const PHINode *PN,
3119 const LoopInfo *LI) {
Adam Nemete2b885c2015-04-23 20:09:20 +00003120 // Find the loop-defined value.
3121 Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
3122 if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2)
3123 return true;
3124
3125 // Find the value from previous iteration.
3126 auto *PrevValue = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN->getIncomingValue(0));
3127 if (!PrevValue || LI->getLoopFor(PrevValue->getParent()) != L)
3128 PrevValue = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN->getIncomingValue(1));
3129 if (!PrevValue || LI->getLoopFor(PrevValue->getParent()) != L)
3130 return true;
3131
3132 // If a new pointer is loaded in the loop, the pointer references a different
3133 // object in every iteration. E.g.:
3134 // for (i)
3135 // int *p = a[i];
3136 // ...
3137 if (auto *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(PrevValue))
3138 if (!L->isLoopInvariant(Load->getPointerOperand()))
3139 return false;
3140 return true;
3141}
3142
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003143Value *llvm::GetUnderlyingObject(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL,
3144 unsigned MaxLookup) {
Dan Gohmana4fcd242010-12-15 20:02:24 +00003145 if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
3146 return V;
3147 for (unsigned Count = 0; MaxLookup == 0 || Count < MaxLookup; ++Count) {
3148 if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) {
3149 V = GEP->getPointerOperand();
Matt Arsenault70f4db882014-07-15 00:56:40 +00003150 } else if (Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::BitCast ||
3151 Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) {
Dan Gohmana4fcd242010-12-15 20:02:24 +00003152 V = cast<Operator>(V)->getOperand(0);
3153 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) {
Sanjoy Das5ce32722016-04-08 00:48:30 +00003154 if (GA->isInterposable())
Dan Gohmana4fcd242010-12-15 20:02:24 +00003155 return V;
3156 V = GA->getAliasee();
Craig Topper85482412017-04-12 22:29:23 +00003157 } else if (isa<AllocaInst>(V)) {
3158 // An alloca can't be further simplified.
3159 return V;
Dan Gohmana4fcd242010-12-15 20:02:24 +00003160 } else {
Hal Finkel5c12d8f2016-07-11 01:32:20 +00003161 if (auto CS = CallSite(V))
3162 if (Value *RV = CS.getReturnedArgOperand()) {
3163 V = RV;
3164 continue;
3165 }
3166
Dan Gohman05b18f12010-12-15 20:49:55 +00003167 // See if InstructionSimplify knows any relevant tricks.
3168 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00003169 // TODO: Acquire a DominatorTree and AssumptionCache and use them.
Daniel Berlin4d0fe642017-04-28 19:55:38 +00003170 if (Value *Simplified = SimplifyInstruction(I, {DL, I})) {
Dan Gohman05b18f12010-12-15 20:49:55 +00003171 V = Simplified;
3172 continue;
3173 }
3174
Dan Gohmana4fcd242010-12-15 20:02:24 +00003175 return V;
3176 }
3177 assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!");
3178 }
3179 return V;
3180}
Nick Lewycky3e334a42011-06-27 04:20:45 +00003181
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003182void llvm::GetUnderlyingObjects(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects,
Adam Nemete2b885c2015-04-23 20:09:20 +00003183 const DataLayout &DL, LoopInfo *LI,
3184 unsigned MaxLookup) {
Dan Gohmaned7c24e22012-05-10 18:57:38 +00003185 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
3186 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Worklist;
3187 Worklist.push_back(V);
3188 do {
3189 Value *P = Worklist.pop_back_val();
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003190 P = GetUnderlyingObject(P, DL, MaxLookup);
Dan Gohmaned7c24e22012-05-10 18:57:38 +00003191
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003192 if (!Visited.insert(P).second)
Dan Gohmaned7c24e22012-05-10 18:57:38 +00003193 continue;
3194
3195 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(P)) {
3196 Worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue());
3197 Worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue());
3198 continue;
3199 }
3200
3201 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(P)) {
Adam Nemete2b885c2015-04-23 20:09:20 +00003202 // If this PHI changes the underlying object in every iteration of the
3203 // loop, don't look through it. Consider:
3204 // int **A;
3205 // for (i) {
3206 // Prev = Curr; // Prev = PHI (Prev_0, Curr)
3207 // Curr = A[i];
3208 // *Prev, *Curr;
3209 //
3210 // Prev is tracking Curr one iteration behind so they refer to different
3211 // underlying objects.
3212 if (!LI || !LI->isLoopHeader(PN->getParent()) ||
3213 isSameUnderlyingObjectInLoop(PN, LI))
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00003214 for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values())
3215 Worklist.push_back(IncValue);
Dan Gohmaned7c24e22012-05-10 18:57:38 +00003216 continue;
3217 }
3218
3219 Objects.push_back(P);
3220 } while (!Worklist.empty());
3221}
3222
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00003223/// Return true if the only users of this pointer are lifetime markers.
Nick Lewycky3e334a42011-06-27 04:20:45 +00003224bool llvm::onlyUsedByLifetimeMarkers(const Value *V) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003225 for (const User *U : V->users()) {
3226 const IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U);
Nick Lewycky3e334a42011-06-27 04:20:45 +00003227 if (!II) return false;
3228
3229 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
3230 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
3231 return false;
3232 }
3233 return true;
3234}
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003235
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003236bool llvm::isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(const Value *V,
3237 const Instruction *CtxI,
Sean Silva45835e72016-07-02 23:47:27 +00003238 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Dan Gohman7ac046a2012-01-04 23:01:09 +00003239 const Operator *Inst = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
3240 if (!Inst)
3241 return false;
3242
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003243 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Inst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3244 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Inst->getOperand(i)))
3245 if (C->canTrap())
3246 return false;
3247
3248 switch (Inst->getOpcode()) {
3249 default:
3250 return true;
3251 case Instruction::UDiv:
David Majnemerf20d7c42014-11-04 23:49:08 +00003252 case Instruction::URem: {
3253 // x / y is undefined if y == 0.
3254 const APInt *V;
3255 if (match(Inst->getOperand(1), m_APInt(V)))
3256 return *V != 0;
3257 return false;
3258 }
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003259 case Instruction::SDiv:
3260 case Instruction::SRem: {
David Majnemerf20d7c42014-11-04 23:49:08 +00003261 // x / y is undefined if y == 0 or x == INT_MIN and y == -1
David Majnemer8a6578a2015-02-01 19:10:19 +00003262 const APInt *Numerator, *Denominator;
3263 if (!match(Inst->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator)))
3264 return false;
3265 // We cannot hoist this division if the denominator is 0.
3266 if (*Denominator == 0)
3267 return false;
3268 // It's safe to hoist if the denominator is not 0 or -1.
3269 if (*Denominator != -1)
3270 return true;
3271 // At this point we know that the denominator is -1. It is safe to hoist as
3272 // long we know that the numerator is not INT_MIN.
3273 if (match(Inst->getOperand(0), m_APInt(Numerator)))
3274 return !Numerator->isMinSignedValue();
3275 // The numerator *might* be MinSignedValue.
David Majnemerf20d7c42014-11-04 23:49:08 +00003276 return false;
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003277 }
3278 case Instruction::Load: {
3279 const LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(Inst);
Kostya Serebryany0b458282013-11-21 07:29:28 +00003280 if (!LI->isUnordered() ||
3281 // Speculative load may create a race that did not exist in the source.
Sanjoy Dasb66374c2016-07-14 20:19:01 +00003282 LI->getFunction()->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeThread) ||
Kostya Serebryany5cb86d52015-10-14 00:21:05 +00003283 // Speculative load may load data from dirty regions.
Sanjoy Dasb66374c2016-07-14 20:19:01 +00003284 LI->getFunction()->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeAddress))
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003285 return false;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003286 const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
Sean Silva45835e72016-07-02 23:47:27 +00003287 return isDereferenceableAndAlignedPointer(LI->getPointerOperand(),
3288 LI->getAlignment(), DL, CtxI, DT);
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003289 }
Nick Lewyckyb4039f62011-12-21 05:52:02 +00003290 case Instruction::Call: {
Matt Arsenaultcf5e7fe2017-04-28 21:13:09 +00003291 auto *CI = cast<const CallInst>(Inst);
3292 const Function *Callee = CI->getCalledFunction();
David Majnemer0a92f862015-08-28 21:13:39 +00003293
Matt Arsenault6a288c12017-05-03 02:26:10 +00003294 // The called function could have undefined behavior or side-effects, even
3295 // if marked readnone nounwind.
3296 return Callee && Callee->isSpeculatable();
Nick Lewyckyb4039f62011-12-21 05:52:02 +00003297 }
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003298 case Instruction::VAArg:
3299 case Instruction::Alloca:
3300 case Instruction::Invoke:
3301 case Instruction::PHI:
3302 case Instruction::Store:
3303 case Instruction::Ret:
3304 case Instruction::Br:
3305 case Instruction::IndirectBr:
3306 case Instruction::Switch:
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003307 case Instruction::Unreachable:
3308 case Instruction::Fence:
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003309 case Instruction::AtomicRMW:
3310 case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg:
David Majnemer654e1302015-07-31 17:58:14 +00003311 case Instruction::LandingPad:
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003312 case Instruction::Resume:
David Majnemer8a1c45d2015-12-12 05:38:55 +00003313 case Instruction::CatchSwitch:
David Majnemer654e1302015-07-31 17:58:14 +00003314 case Instruction::CatchPad:
David Majnemer654e1302015-07-31 17:58:14 +00003315 case Instruction::CatchRet:
3316 case Instruction::CleanupPad:
3317 case Instruction::CleanupRet:
Dan Gohman75d7d5e2011-12-14 23:49:11 +00003318 return false; // Misc instructions which have effects
3319 }
3320}
Dan Gohman1b0f79d2013-01-31 02:40:59 +00003321
Quentin Colombet6443cce2015-08-06 18:44:34 +00003322bool llvm::mayBeMemoryDependent(const Instruction &I) {
3323 return I.mayReadOrWriteMemory() || !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&I);
3324}
3325
Sanjay Patelaee84212014-11-04 16:27:42 +00003326/// Return true if we know that the specified value is never null.
Sean Silva45835e72016-07-02 23:47:27 +00003327bool llvm::isKnownNonNull(const Value *V) {
Chen Li0d043b52015-09-14 18:10:43 +00003328 assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "V must be pointer type");
3329
Dan Gohman1b0f79d2013-01-31 02:40:59 +00003330 // Alloca never returns null, malloc might.
3331 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V)) return true;
3332
Nick Lewyckyd52b1522014-05-20 01:23:40 +00003333 // A byval, inalloca, or nonnull argument is never null.
Dan Gohman1b0f79d2013-01-31 02:40:59 +00003334 if (const Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V))
Nick Lewyckyd52b1522014-05-20 01:23:40 +00003335 return A->hasByValOrInAllocaAttr() || A->hasNonNullAttr();
Dan Gohman1b0f79d2013-01-31 02:40:59 +00003336
Peter Collingbourne235c2752016-12-08 19:01:00 +00003337 // A global variable in address space 0 is non null unless extern weak
3338 // or an absolute symbol reference. Other address spaces may have null as a
3339 // valid address for a global, so we can't assume anything.
Dan Gohman1b0f79d2013-01-31 02:40:59 +00003340 if (const GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V))
Peter Collingbourne235c2752016-12-08 19:01:00 +00003341 return !GV->isAbsoluteSymbolRef() && !GV->hasExternalWeakLinkage() &&
Pete Cooper6b716212015-08-27 03:16:29 +00003342 GV->getType()->getAddressSpace() == 0;
Benjamin Kramerfd4777c2013-09-24 16:37:51 +00003343
Sanjoy Das5056e192016-05-07 02:08:22 +00003344 // A Load tagged with nonnull metadata is never null.
Philip Reamescdb72f32014-10-20 22:40:55 +00003345 if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V))
Philip Reames5a3f5f72014-10-21 00:13:20 +00003346 return LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_nonnull);
Philip Reamescdb72f32014-10-20 22:40:55 +00003347
Benjamin Kramer3a09ef62015-04-10 14:50:08 +00003348 if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(V))
Hal Finkelb0407ba2014-07-18 15:51:28 +00003349 if (CS.isReturnNonNull())
Nick Lewyckyec373542014-05-20 05:13:21 +00003350 return true;
3351
Dan Gohman1b0f79d2013-01-31 02:40:59 +00003352 return false;
3353}
David Majnemer491331a2015-01-02 07:29:43 +00003354
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003355static bool isKnownNonNullFromDominatingCondition(const Value *V,
3356 const Instruction *CtxI,
3357 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Chen Li0d043b52015-09-14 18:10:43 +00003358 assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "V must be pointer type");
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithb4798732016-09-24 19:39:47 +00003359 assert(!isa<ConstantData>(V) && "Did not expect ConstantPointerNull");
Sanjay Patel7fd779f2016-12-31 17:37:01 +00003360 assert(CtxI && "Context instruction required for analysis");
3361 assert(DT && "Dominator tree required for analysis");
Chen Li0d043b52015-09-14 18:10:43 +00003362
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003363 unsigned NumUsesExplored = 0;
Sanjoy Das987aaa12016-05-07 02:08:24 +00003364 for (auto *U : V->users()) {
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003365 // Avoid massive lists
3366 if (NumUsesExplored >= DomConditionsMaxUses)
3367 break;
3368 NumUsesExplored++;
Sanjay Patel97e4b9872017-02-12 15:35:34 +00003369
3370 // If the value is used as an argument to a call or invoke, then argument
3371 // attributes may provide an answer about null-ness.
3372 if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(U))
3373 if (auto *CalledFunc = CS.getCalledFunction())
3374 for (const Argument &Arg : CalledFunc->args())
3375 if (CS.getArgOperand(Arg.getArgNo()) == V &&
3376 Arg.hasNonNullAttr() && DT->dominates(CS.getInstruction(), CtxI))
3377 return true;
3378
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003379 // Consider only compare instructions uniquely controlling a branch
Sanjoy Das987aaa12016-05-07 02:08:24 +00003380 CmpInst::Predicate Pred;
3381 if (!match(const_cast<User *>(U),
3382 m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Specific(V), m_Zero())) ||
3383 (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_NE))
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003384 continue;
3385
Sanjoy Das987aaa12016-05-07 02:08:24 +00003386 for (auto *CmpU : U->users()) {
Sanjoy Das12c91dc2016-05-10 02:35:44 +00003387 if (const BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CmpU)) {
3388 assert(BI->isConditional() && "uses a comparison!");
Sanjoy Das6082c1a2016-05-07 02:08:15 +00003389
Sanjoy Das12c91dc2016-05-10 02:35:44 +00003390 BasicBlock *NonNullSuccessor =
3391 BI->getSuccessor(Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? 1 : 0);
3392 BasicBlockEdge Edge(BI->getParent(), NonNullSuccessor);
3393 if (Edge.isSingleEdge() && DT->dominates(Edge, CtxI->getParent()))
3394 return true;
3395 } else if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
3396 match(CmpU, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>()) &&
3397 DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(CmpU), CtxI)) {
Sanjoy Das987aaa12016-05-07 02:08:24 +00003398 return true;
Sanjoy Das12c91dc2016-05-10 02:35:44 +00003399 }
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003400 }
3401 }
3402
3403 return false;
3404}
3405
3406bool llvm::isKnownNonNullAt(const Value *V, const Instruction *CtxI,
Sean Silva45835e72016-07-02 23:47:27 +00003407 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithb4798732016-09-24 19:39:47 +00003408 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V) || isa<UndefValue>(V))
3409 return false;
3410
Sean Silva45835e72016-07-02 23:47:27 +00003411 if (isKnownNonNull(V))
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003412 return true;
3413
Sanjay Patel7fd779f2016-12-31 17:37:01 +00003414 if (!CtxI || !DT)
3415 return false;
3416
3417 return ::isKnownNonNullFromDominatingCondition(V, CtxI, DT);
Sanjoy Dasf8a0db52015-05-18 18:07:00 +00003418}
3419
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003420OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForUnsignedMul(const Value *LHS,
3421 const Value *RHS,
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003422 const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00003423 AssumptionCache *AC,
David Majnemer491331a2015-01-02 07:29:43 +00003424 const Instruction *CxtI,
3425 const DominatorTree *DT) {
3426 // Multiplying n * m significant bits yields a result of n + m significant
3427 // bits. If the total number of significant bits does not exceed the
3428 // result bit width (minus 1), there is no overflow.
3429 // This means if we have enough leading zero bits in the operands
3430 // we can guarantee that the result does not overflow.
3431 // Ref: "Hacker's Delight" by Henry Warren
3432 unsigned BitWidth = LHS->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00003433 KnownBits LHSKnown(BitWidth);
3434 KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth);
3435 computeKnownBits(LHS, LHSKnown, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT);
3436 computeKnownBits(RHS, RHSKnown, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT);
David Majnemer491331a2015-01-02 07:29:43 +00003437 // Note that underestimating the number of zero bits gives a more
3438 // conservative answer.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00003439 unsigned ZeroBits = LHSKnown.Zero.countLeadingOnes() +
3440 RHSKnown.Zero.countLeadingOnes();
David Majnemer491331a2015-01-02 07:29:43 +00003441 // First handle the easy case: if we have enough zero bits there's
3442 // definitely no overflow.
3443 if (ZeroBits >= BitWidth)
3444 return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows;
3445
3446 // Get the largest possible values for each operand.
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00003447 APInt LHSMax = ~LHSKnown.Zero;
3448 APInt RHSMax = ~RHSKnown.Zero;
David Majnemer491331a2015-01-02 07:29:43 +00003449
3450 // We know the multiply operation doesn't overflow if the maximum values for
3451 // each operand will not overflow after we multiply them together.
David Majnemerc8a576b2015-01-02 07:29:47 +00003452 bool MaxOverflow;
Craig Topper9b71a402017-04-19 21:09:45 +00003453 (void)LHSMax.umul_ov(RHSMax, MaxOverflow);
David Majnemerc8a576b2015-01-02 07:29:47 +00003454 if (!MaxOverflow)
3455 return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows;
David Majnemer491331a2015-01-02 07:29:43 +00003456
David Majnemerc8a576b2015-01-02 07:29:47 +00003457 // We know it always overflows if multiplying the smallest possible values for
3458 // the operands also results in overflow.
3459 bool MinOverflow;
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00003460 (void)LHSKnown.One.umul_ov(RHSKnown.One, MinOverflow);
David Majnemerc8a576b2015-01-02 07:29:47 +00003461 if (MinOverflow)
3462 return OverflowResult::AlwaysOverflows;
3463
3464 return OverflowResult::MayOverflow;
David Majnemer491331a2015-01-02 07:29:43 +00003465}
David Majnemer5310c1e2015-01-07 00:39:50 +00003466
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003467OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForUnsignedAdd(const Value *LHS,
3468 const Value *RHS,
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003469 const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00003470 AssumptionCache *AC,
David Majnemer5310c1e2015-01-07 00:39:50 +00003471 const Instruction *CxtI,
3472 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00003473 KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT);
3474 if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() || LHSKnown.isNegative()) {
3475 KnownBits RHSKnown = computeKnownBits(RHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT);
David Majnemer5310c1e2015-01-07 00:39:50 +00003476
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00003477 if (LHSKnown.isNegative() && RHSKnown.isNegative()) {
David Majnemer5310c1e2015-01-07 00:39:50 +00003478 // The sign bit is set in both cases: this MUST overflow.
3479 // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct.
3480 return OverflowResult::AlwaysOverflows;
3481 }
3482
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00003483 if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) {
David Majnemer5310c1e2015-01-07 00:39:50 +00003484 // The sign bit is clear in both cases: this CANNOT overflow.
3485 // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct.
3486 return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows;
3487 }
3488 }
3489
3490 return OverflowResult::MayOverflow;
3491}
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003492
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003493static OverflowResult computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const Value *LHS,
3494 const Value *RHS,
3495 const AddOperator *Add,
3496 const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00003497 AssumptionCache *AC,
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003498 const Instruction *CxtI,
3499 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003500 if (Add && Add->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
3501 return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows;
3502 }
3503
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00003504 KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT);
3505 KnownBits RHSKnown = computeKnownBits(RHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT);
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003506
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00003507 if ((LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && RHSKnown.isNegative()) ||
3508 (LHSKnown.isNegative() && RHSKnown.isNonNegative())) {
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003509 // The sign bits are opposite: this CANNOT overflow.
3510 return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows;
3511 }
3512
3513 // The remaining code needs Add to be available. Early returns if not so.
3514 if (!Add)
3515 return OverflowResult::MayOverflow;
3516
3517 // If the sign of Add is the same as at least one of the operands, this add
3518 // CANNOT overflow. This is particularly useful when the sum is
3519 // @llvm.assume'ed non-negative rather than proved so from analyzing its
3520 // operands.
3521 bool LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative =
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00003522 (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() || RHSKnown.isNonNegative());
3523 bool LHSOrRHSKnownNegative = (LHSKnown.isNegative() || RHSKnown.isNegative());
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003524 if (LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative || LHSOrRHSKnownNegative) {
Craig Topper6e11a052017-05-08 16:22:48 +00003525 KnownBits AddKnown = computeKnownBits(Add, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT);
3526 if ((AddKnown.isNonNegative() && LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative) ||
3527 (AddKnown.isNegative() && LHSOrRHSKnownNegative)) {
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003528 return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows;
3529 }
3530 }
3531
3532 return OverflowResult::MayOverflow;
3533}
3534
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003535bool llvm::isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(const IntrinsicInst *II,
3536 const DominatorTree &DT) {
Sanjoy Dasf49ca522016-05-29 00:34:42 +00003537#ifndef NDEBUG
3538 auto IID = II->getIntrinsicID();
3539 assert((IID == Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow ||
3540 IID == Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow ||
3541 IID == Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow ||
3542 IID == Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow ||
3543 IID == Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow ||
3544 IID == Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow) &&
3545 "Not an overflow intrinsic!");
3546#endif
3547
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003548 SmallVector<const BranchInst *, 2> GuardingBranches;
3549 SmallVector<const ExtractValueInst *, 2> Results;
Sanjoy Dasf49ca522016-05-29 00:34:42 +00003550
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003551 for (const User *U : II->users()) {
3552 if (const auto *EVI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(U)) {
Sanjoy Dasf49ca522016-05-29 00:34:42 +00003553 assert(EVI->getNumIndices() == 1 && "Obvious from CI's type");
3554
3555 if (EVI->getIndices()[0] == 0)
3556 Results.push_back(EVI);
3557 else {
3558 assert(EVI->getIndices()[0] == 1 && "Obvious from CI's type");
3559
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003560 for (const auto *U : EVI->users())
3561 if (const auto *B = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(U)) {
Sanjoy Dasf49ca522016-05-29 00:34:42 +00003562 assert(B->isConditional() && "How else is it using an i1?");
3563 GuardingBranches.push_back(B);
3564 }
3565 }
3566 } else {
3567 // We are using the aggregate directly in a way we don't want to analyze
3568 // here (storing it to a global, say).
3569 return false;
3570 }
3571 }
3572
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003573 auto AllUsesGuardedByBranch = [&](const BranchInst *BI) {
Sanjoy Dasf49ca522016-05-29 00:34:42 +00003574 BasicBlockEdge NoWrapEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1));
3575 if (!NoWrapEdge.isSingleEdge())
3576 return false;
3577
3578 // Check if all users of the add are provably no-wrap.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003579 for (const auto *Result : Results) {
Sanjoy Dasf49ca522016-05-29 00:34:42 +00003580 // If the extractvalue itself is not executed on overflow, the we don't
3581 // need to check each use separately, since domination is transitive.
3582 if (DT.dominates(NoWrapEdge, Result->getParent()))
3583 continue;
3584
3585 for (auto &RU : Result->uses())
3586 if (!DT.dominates(NoWrapEdge, RU))
3587 return false;
3588 }
3589
3590 return true;
3591 };
3592
3593 return any_of(GuardingBranches, AllUsesGuardedByBranch);
3594}
3595
3596
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003597OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const AddOperator *Add,
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003598 const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00003599 AssumptionCache *AC,
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003600 const Instruction *CxtI,
3601 const DominatorTree *DT) {
3602 return ::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(Add->getOperand(0), Add->getOperand(1),
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00003603 Add, DL, AC, CxtI, DT);
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003604}
3605
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003606OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const Value *LHS,
3607 const Value *RHS,
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003608 const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00003609 AssumptionCache *AC,
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003610 const Instruction *CxtI,
3611 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00003612 return ::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(LHS, RHS, nullptr, DL, AC, CxtI, DT);
Jingyue Wu10fcea52015-08-20 18:27:04 +00003613}
3614
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003615bool llvm::isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(const Instruction *I) {
Eli Friedmanf1da33e2016-06-11 21:48:25 +00003616 // A memory operation returns normally if it isn't volatile. A volatile
3617 // operation is allowed to trap.
3618 //
3619 // An atomic operation isn't guaranteed to return in a reasonable amount of
3620 // time because it's possible for another thread to interfere with it for an
3621 // arbitrary length of time, but programs aren't allowed to rely on that.
3622 if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
3623 return !LI->isVolatile();
3624 if (const StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
3625 return !SI->isVolatile();
3626 if (const AtomicCmpXchgInst *CXI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I))
3627 return !CXI->isVolatile();
3628 if (const AtomicRMWInst *RMWI = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I))
3629 return !RMWI->isVolatile();
3630 if (const MemIntrinsic *MII = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I))
3631 return !MII->isVolatile();
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003632
Eli Friedmanf1da33e2016-06-11 21:48:25 +00003633 // If there is no successor, then execution can't transfer to it.
3634 if (const auto *CRI = dyn_cast<CleanupReturnInst>(I))
3635 return !CRI->unwindsToCaller();
3636 if (const auto *CatchSwitch = dyn_cast<CatchSwitchInst>(I))
3637 return !CatchSwitch->unwindsToCaller();
3638 if (isa<ResumeInst>(I))
3639 return false;
3640 if (isa<ReturnInst>(I))
3641 return false;
Sebastian Pop4a4d2452017-03-08 01:54:50 +00003642 if (isa<UnreachableInst>(I))
3643 return false;
Sanjoy Das9a65cd22016-06-08 17:48:36 +00003644
Eli Friedmanf1da33e2016-06-11 21:48:25 +00003645 // Calls can throw, or contain an infinite loop, or kill the process.
Sanjoy Das09455302016-12-31 22:12:31 +00003646 if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(I)) {
Sanjoy Das3bb2dbd2016-12-31 22:12:34 +00003647 // Call sites that throw have implicit non-local control flow.
3648 if (!CS.doesNotThrow())
3649 return false;
3650
3651 // Non-throwing call sites can loop infinitely, call exit/pthread_exit
3652 // etc. and thus not return. However, LLVM already assumes that
3653 //
3654 // - Thread exiting actions are modeled as writes to memory invisible to
3655 // the program.
3656 //
3657 // - Loops that don't have side effects (side effects are volatile/atomic
3658 // stores and IO) always terminate (see http://llvm.org/PR965).
3659 // Furthermore IO itself is also modeled as writes to memory invisible to
3660 // the program.
3661 //
3662 // We rely on those assumptions here, and use the memory effects of the call
3663 // target as a proxy for checking that it always returns.
3664
3665 // FIXME: This isn't aggressive enough; a call which only writes to a global
3666 // is guaranteed to return.
Sanjoy Dasd7e82062016-06-14 20:23:16 +00003667 return CS.onlyReadsMemory() || CS.onlyAccessesArgMemory() ||
3668 match(I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::assume>());
Eli Friedmanf1da33e2016-06-11 21:48:25 +00003669 }
3670
3671 // Other instructions return normally.
3672 return true;
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003673}
3674
3675bool llvm::isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(const Instruction *I,
3676 const Loop *L) {
3677 // The loop header is guaranteed to be executed for every iteration.
3678 //
3679 // FIXME: Relax this constraint to cover all basic blocks that are
3680 // guaranteed to be executed at every iteration.
3681 if (I->getParent() != L->getHeader()) return false;
3682
3683 for (const Instruction &LI : *L->getHeader()) {
3684 if (&LI == I) return true;
3685 if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&LI)) return false;
3686 }
3687 llvm_unreachable("Instruction not contained in its own parent basic block.");
3688}
3689
3690bool llvm::propagatesFullPoison(const Instruction *I) {
3691 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Sanjoy Das7b0b4082017-02-21 02:42:42 +00003692 case Instruction::Add:
3693 case Instruction::Sub:
3694 case Instruction::Xor:
3695 case Instruction::Trunc:
3696 case Instruction::BitCast:
3697 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
Sanjoy Das5cd6c5ca2017-02-22 06:52:32 +00003698 case Instruction::Mul:
3699 case Instruction::Shl:
3700 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
Sanjoy Das7b0b4082017-02-21 02:42:42 +00003701 // These operations all propagate poison unconditionally. Note that poison
3702 // is not any particular value, so xor or subtraction of poison with
3703 // itself still yields poison, not zero.
3704 return true;
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003705
Sanjoy Das7b0b4082017-02-21 02:42:42 +00003706 case Instruction::AShr:
3707 case Instruction::SExt:
3708 // For these operations, one bit of the input is replicated across
3709 // multiple output bits. A replicated poison bit is still poison.
3710 return true;
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003711
Sanjoy Das7b0b4082017-02-21 02:42:42 +00003712 case Instruction::ICmp:
3713 // Comparing poison with any value yields poison. This is why, for
3714 // instance, x s< (x +nsw 1) can be folded to true.
3715 return true;
Sanjoy Das70c2bbd2016-05-29 00:31:18 +00003716
Sanjoy Das7b0b4082017-02-21 02:42:42 +00003717 default:
3718 return false;
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003719 }
3720}
3721
3722const Value *llvm::getGuaranteedNonFullPoisonOp(const Instruction *I) {
3723 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3724 case Instruction::Store:
3725 return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerOperand();
3726
3727 case Instruction::Load:
3728 return cast<LoadInst>(I)->getPointerOperand();
3729
3730 case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg:
3731 return cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)->getPointerOperand();
3732
3733 case Instruction::AtomicRMW:
3734 return cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)->getPointerOperand();
3735
3736 case Instruction::UDiv:
3737 case Instruction::SDiv:
3738 case Instruction::URem:
3739 case Instruction::SRem:
3740 return I->getOperand(1);
3741
3742 default:
3743 return nullptr;
3744 }
3745}
3746
Sanjoy Das08989c72017-04-30 19:41:19 +00003747bool llvm::programUndefinedIfFullPoison(const Instruction *PoisonI) {
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003748 // We currently only look for uses of poison values within the same basic
3749 // block, as that makes it easier to guarantee that the uses will be
3750 // executed given that PoisonI is executed.
3751 //
3752 // FIXME: Expand this to consider uses beyond the same basic block. To do
3753 // this, look out for the distinction between post-dominance and strong
3754 // post-dominance.
3755 const BasicBlock *BB = PoisonI->getParent();
3756
3757 // Set of instructions that we have proved will yield poison if PoisonI
3758 // does.
3759 SmallSet<const Value *, 16> YieldsPoison;
Sanjoy Dasa6155b62016-04-22 17:41:06 +00003760 SmallSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> Visited;
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003761 YieldsPoison.insert(PoisonI);
Sanjoy Dasa6155b62016-04-22 17:41:06 +00003762 Visited.insert(PoisonI->getParent());
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003763
Sanjoy Dasa6155b62016-04-22 17:41:06 +00003764 BasicBlock::const_iterator Begin = PoisonI->getIterator(), End = BB->end();
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003765
Sanjoy Dasa6155b62016-04-22 17:41:06 +00003766 unsigned Iter = 0;
3767 while (Iter++ < MaxDepth) {
3768 for (auto &I : make_range(Begin, End)) {
3769 if (&I != PoisonI) {
3770 const Value *NotPoison = getGuaranteedNonFullPoisonOp(&I);
3771 if (NotPoison != nullptr && YieldsPoison.count(NotPoison))
3772 return true;
3773 if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I))
3774 return false;
3775 }
3776
3777 // Mark poison that propagates from I through uses of I.
3778 if (YieldsPoison.count(&I)) {
3779 for (const User *User : I.users()) {
3780 const Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(User);
3781 if (propagatesFullPoison(UserI))
3782 YieldsPoison.insert(User);
3783 }
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003784 }
3785 }
Sanjoy Dasa6155b62016-04-22 17:41:06 +00003786
3787 if (auto *NextBB = BB->getSingleSuccessor()) {
3788 if (Visited.insert(NextBB).second) {
3789 BB = NextBB;
3790 Begin = BB->getFirstNonPHI()->getIterator();
3791 End = BB->end();
3792 continue;
3793 }
3794 }
3795
3796 break;
3797 };
Jingyue Wu42f1d672015-07-28 18:22:40 +00003798 return false;
3799}
3800
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003801static bool isKnownNonNaN(const Value *V, FastMathFlags FMF) {
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003802 if (FMF.noNaNs())
3803 return true;
3804
3805 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
3806 return !C->isNaN();
3807 return false;
3808}
3809
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00003810static bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V) {
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003811 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
3812 return !C->isZero();
3813 return false;
3814}
3815
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003816/// Match non-obvious integer minimum and maximum sequences.
3817static SelectPatternResult matchMinMax(CmpInst::Predicate Pred,
3818 Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS,
3819 Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal,
3820 Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003821 // Assume success. If there's no match, callers should not use these anyway.
3822 LHS = TrueVal;
3823 RHS = FalseVal;
3824
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003825 // Recognize variations of:
3826 // CLAMP(v,l,h) ==> ((v) < (l) ? (l) : ((v) > (h) ? (h) : (v)))
3827 const APInt *C1;
3828 if (CmpRHS == TrueVal && match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1))) {
3829 const APInt *C2;
3830
3831 // (X <s C1) ? C1 : SMIN(X, C2) ==> SMAX(SMIN(X, C2), C1)
3832 if (match(FalseVal, m_SMin(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003833 C1->slt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT)
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003834 return {SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003835
3836 // (X >s C1) ? C1 : SMAX(X, C2) ==> SMIN(SMAX(X, C2), C1)
3837 if (match(FalseVal, m_SMax(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003838 C1->sgt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003839 return {SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003840
3841 // (X <u C1) ? C1 : UMIN(X, C2) ==> UMAX(UMIN(X, C2), C1)
3842 if (match(FalseVal, m_UMin(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003843 C1->ult(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003844 return {SPF_UMAX, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003845
3846 // (X >u C1) ? C1 : UMAX(X, C2) ==> UMIN(UMAX(X, C2), C1)
3847 if (match(FalseVal, m_UMax(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003848 C1->ugt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003849 return {SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patel0c1c70a2017-01-20 22:18:47 +00003850 }
3851
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003852 if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SGT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT)
3853 return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
3854
Sanjay Patelcfcc42b2016-11-13 20:04:52 +00003855 // Z = X -nsw Y
3856 // (X >s Y) ? 0 : Z ==> (Z >s 0) ? 0 : Z ==> SMIN(Z, 0)
3857 // (X <s Y) ? 0 : Z ==> (Z <s 0) ? 0 : Z ==> SMAX(Z, 0)
3858 if (match(TrueVal, m_Zero()) &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003859 match(FalseVal, m_NSWSub(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_Specific(CmpRHS))))
Sanjay Patelcfcc42b2016-11-13 20:04:52 +00003860 return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMIN : SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patelcfcc42b2016-11-13 20:04:52 +00003861
3862 // Z = X -nsw Y
3863 // (X >s Y) ? Z : 0 ==> (Z >s 0) ? Z : 0 ==> SMAX(Z, 0)
3864 // (X <s Y) ? Z : 0 ==> (Z <s 0) ? Z : 0 ==> SMIN(Z, 0)
3865 if (match(FalseVal, m_Zero()) &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003866 match(TrueVal, m_NSWSub(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_Specific(CmpRHS))))
Sanjay Patelcfcc42b2016-11-13 20:04:52 +00003867 return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMAX : SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patelcfcc42b2016-11-13 20:04:52 +00003868
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003869 if (!match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1)))
3870 return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
3871
3872 // An unsigned min/max can be written with a signed compare.
3873 const APInt *C2;
3874 if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && match(FalseVal, m_APInt(C2))) ||
3875 (CmpLHS == FalseVal && match(TrueVal, m_APInt(C2)))) {
3876 // Is the sign bit set?
3877 // (X <s 0) ? X : MAXVAL ==> (X >u MAXVAL) ? X : MAXVAL ==> UMAX
3878 // (X <s 0) ? MAXVAL : X ==> (X >u MAXVAL) ? MAXVAL : X ==> UMIN
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003879 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && *C1 == 0 && C2->isMaxSignedValue())
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003880 return {CmpLHS == TrueVal ? SPF_UMAX : SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003881
3882 // Is the sign bit clear?
3883 // (X >s -1) ? MINVAL : X ==> (X <u MINVAL) ? MINVAL : X ==> UMAX
3884 // (X >s -1) ? X : MINVAL ==> (X <u MINVAL) ? X : MINVAL ==> UMIN
3885 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT && C1->isAllOnesValue() &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003886 C2->isMinSignedValue())
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003887 return {CmpLHS == FalseVal ? SPF_UMAX : SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003888 }
3889
3890 // Look through 'not' ops to find disguised signed min/max.
3891 // (X >s C) ? ~X : ~C ==> (~X <s ~C) ? ~X : ~C ==> SMIN(~X, ~C)
3892 // (X <s C) ? ~X : ~C ==> (~X >s ~C) ? ~X : ~C ==> SMAX(~X, ~C)
3893 if (match(TrueVal, m_Not(m_Specific(CmpLHS))) &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003894 match(FalseVal, m_APInt(C2)) && ~(*C1) == *C2)
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003895 return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMIN : SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003896
3897 // (X >s C) ? ~C : ~X ==> (~X <s ~C) ? ~C : ~X ==> SMAX(~C, ~X)
3898 // (X <s C) ? ~C : ~X ==> (~X >s ~C) ? ~C : ~X ==> SMIN(~C, ~X)
3899 if (match(FalseVal, m_Not(m_Specific(CmpLHS))) &&
Sanjay Patel24c6f882017-01-21 17:51:25 +00003900 match(TrueVal, m_APInt(C2)) && ~(*C1) == *C2)
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003901 return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMAX : SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false};
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00003902
3903 return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
3904}
3905
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003906static SelectPatternResult matchSelectPattern(CmpInst::Predicate Pred,
3907 FastMathFlags FMF,
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00003908 Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS,
3909 Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal,
3910 Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003911 LHS = CmpLHS;
3912 RHS = CmpRHS;
3913
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003914 // If the predicate is an "or-equal" (FP) predicate, then signed zeroes may
3915 // return inconsistent results between implementations.
3916 // (0.0 <= -0.0) ? 0.0 : -0.0 // Returns 0.0
3917 // minNum(0.0, -0.0) // May return -0.0 or 0.0 (IEEE 754-2008 5.3.1)
3918 // Therefore we behave conservatively and only proceed if at least one of the
3919 // operands is known to not be zero, or if we don't care about signed zeroes.
3920 switch (Pred) {
3921 default: break;
3922 case CmpInst::FCMP_OGE: case CmpInst::FCMP_OLE:
3923 case CmpInst::FCMP_UGE: case CmpInst::FCMP_ULE:
3924 if (!FMF.noSignedZeros() && !isKnownNonZero(CmpLHS) &&
3925 !isKnownNonZero(CmpRHS))
3926 return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
3927 }
3928
3929 SelectPatternNaNBehavior NaNBehavior = SPNB_NA;
3930 bool Ordered = false;
3931
3932 // When given one NaN and one non-NaN input:
3933 // - maxnum/minnum (C99 fmaxf()/fminf()) return the non-NaN input.
3934 // - A simple C99 (a < b ? a : b) construction will return 'b' (as the
3935 // ordered comparison fails), which could be NaN or non-NaN.
3936 // so here we discover exactly what NaN behavior is required/accepted.
3937 if (CmpInst::isFPPredicate(Pred)) {
3938 bool LHSSafe = isKnownNonNaN(CmpLHS, FMF);
3939 bool RHSSafe = isKnownNonNaN(CmpRHS, FMF);
3940
3941 if (LHSSafe && RHSSafe) {
3942 // Both operands are known non-NaN.
3943 NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_ANY;
3944 } else if (CmpInst::isOrdered(Pred)) {
3945 // An ordered comparison will return false when given a NaN, so it
3946 // returns the RHS.
3947 Ordered = true;
3948 if (LHSSafe)
James Molloy8990b062015-08-12 15:11:43 +00003949 // LHS is non-NaN, so if RHS is NaN then NaN will be returned.
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003950 NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN;
3951 else if (RHSSafe)
3952 NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER;
3953 else
3954 // Completely unsafe.
3955 return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
3956 } else {
3957 Ordered = false;
3958 // An unordered comparison will return true when given a NaN, so it
3959 // returns the LHS.
3960 if (LHSSafe)
James Molloy8990b062015-08-12 15:11:43 +00003961 // LHS is non-NaN, so if RHS is NaN then non-NaN will be returned.
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003962 NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER;
3963 else if (RHSSafe)
3964 NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN;
3965 else
3966 // Completely unsafe.
3967 return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003968 }
3969 }
3970
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003971 if (TrueVal == CmpRHS && FalseVal == CmpLHS) {
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003972 std::swap(CmpLHS, CmpRHS);
3973 Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
3974 if (NaNBehavior == SPNB_RETURNS_NAN)
3975 NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER;
3976 else if (NaNBehavior == SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER)
3977 NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN;
3978 Ordered = !Ordered;
3979 }
3980
3981 // ([if]cmp X, Y) ? X : Y
3982 if (TrueVal == CmpLHS && FalseVal == CmpRHS) {
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003983 switch (Pred) {
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003984 default: return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; // Equality.
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003985 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003986 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return {SPF_UMAX, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003987 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003988 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return {SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003989 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003990 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return {SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00003991 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00003992 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return {SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false};
3993 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT:
3994 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE:
3995 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT:
3996 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: return {SPF_FMAXNUM, NaNBehavior, Ordered};
3997 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT:
3998 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE:
3999 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT:
4000 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: return {SPF_FMINNUM, NaNBehavior, Ordered};
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00004001 }
4002 }
4003
Sanjay Patele372aec2016-10-27 15:26:10 +00004004 const APInt *C1;
4005 if (match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1))) {
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00004006 if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && match(FalseVal, m_Neg(m_Specific(CmpLHS)))) ||
4007 (CmpLHS == FalseVal && match(TrueVal, m_Neg(m_Specific(CmpLHS))))) {
4008
4009 // ABS(X) ==> (X >s 0) ? X : -X and (X >s -1) ? X : -X
4010 // NABS(X) ==> (X >s 0) ? -X : X and (X >s -1) ? -X : X
Sanjay Patele372aec2016-10-27 15:26:10 +00004011 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && (*C1 == 0 || C1->isAllOnesValue())) {
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004012 return {(CmpLHS == TrueVal) ? SPF_ABS : SPF_NABS, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00004013 }
4014
4015 // ABS(X) ==> (X <s 0) ? -X : X and (X <s 1) ? -X : X
4016 // NABS(X) ==> (X <s 0) ? X : -X and (X <s 1) ? X : -X
Sanjay Patele372aec2016-10-27 15:26:10 +00004017 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && (*C1 == 0 || *C1 == 1)) {
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004018 return {(CmpLHS == FalseVal) ? SPF_ABS : SPF_NABS, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00004019 }
4020 }
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00004021 }
4022
Sanjay Patel819f0962016-11-13 19:30:19 +00004023 return matchMinMax(Pred, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal, LHS, RHS);
James Molloy71b91c22015-05-11 14:42:20 +00004024}
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004025
James Molloy569cea62015-09-02 17:25:25 +00004026static Value *lookThroughCast(CmpInst *CmpI, Value *V1, Value *V2,
4027 Instruction::CastOps *CastOp) {
Sanjay Patel14a4b812017-01-29 16:34:57 +00004028 auto *Cast1 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V1);
4029 if (!Cast1)
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004030 return nullptr;
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004031
Sanjay Patel14a4b812017-01-29 16:34:57 +00004032 *CastOp = Cast1->getOpcode();
4033 Type *SrcTy = Cast1->getSrcTy();
4034 if (auto *Cast2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V2)) {
4035 // If V1 and V2 are both the same cast from the same type, look through V1.
4036 if (*CastOp == Cast2->getOpcode() && SrcTy == Cast2->getSrcTy())
4037 return Cast2->getOperand(0);
James Molloy569cea62015-09-02 17:25:25 +00004038 return nullptr;
4039 }
4040
Sanjay Patel14a4b812017-01-29 16:34:57 +00004041 auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V2);
4042 if (!C)
4043 return nullptr;
4044
David Majnemerd2a074b2016-04-29 18:40:34 +00004045 Constant *CastedTo = nullptr;
Sanjay Patel14a4b812017-01-29 16:34:57 +00004046 switch (*CastOp) {
4047 case Instruction::ZExt:
4048 if (CmpI->isUnsigned())
4049 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, SrcTy);
4050 break;
4051 case Instruction::SExt:
4052 if (CmpI->isSigned())
4053 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, SrcTy, true);
4054 break;
4055 case Instruction::Trunc:
4056 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, SrcTy, CmpI->isSigned());
4057 break;
4058 case Instruction::FPTrunc:
4059 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPExtend(C, SrcTy, true);
4060 break;
4061 case Instruction::FPExt:
4062 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPTrunc(C, SrcTy, true);
4063 break;
4064 case Instruction::FPToUI:
4065 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getUIToFP(C, SrcTy, true);
4066 break;
4067 case Instruction::FPToSI:
4068 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(C, SrcTy, true);
4069 break;
4070 case Instruction::UIToFP:
4071 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPToUI(C, SrcTy, true);
4072 break;
4073 case Instruction::SIToFP:
4074 CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(C, SrcTy, true);
4075 break;
4076 default:
4077 break;
4078 }
David Majnemerd2a074b2016-04-29 18:40:34 +00004079
4080 if (!CastedTo)
4081 return nullptr;
4082
David Majnemerd2a074b2016-04-29 18:40:34 +00004083 // Make sure the cast doesn't lose any information.
Sanjay Patel14a4b812017-01-29 16:34:57 +00004084 Constant *CastedBack =
4085 ConstantExpr::getCast(*CastOp, CastedTo, C->getType(), true);
David Majnemerd2a074b2016-04-29 18:40:34 +00004086 if (CastedBack != C)
4087 return nullptr;
4088
4089 return CastedTo;
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004090}
4091
Sanjay Patele8dc0902016-05-23 17:57:54 +00004092SelectPatternResult llvm::matchSelectPattern(Value *V, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS,
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004093 Instruction::CastOps *CastOp) {
4094 SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V);
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004095 if (!SI) return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004096
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004097 CmpInst *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition());
4098 if (!CmpI) return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004099
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004100 CmpInst::Predicate Pred = CmpI->getPredicate();
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004101 Value *CmpLHS = CmpI->getOperand(0);
4102 Value *CmpRHS = CmpI->getOperand(1);
4103 Value *TrueVal = SI->getTrueValue();
4104 Value *FalseVal = SI->getFalseValue();
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004105 FastMathFlags FMF;
4106 if (isa<FPMathOperator>(CmpI))
4107 FMF = CmpI->getFastMathFlags();
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004108
4109 // Bail out early.
4110 if (CmpI->isEquality())
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004111 return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false};
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004112
4113 // Deal with type mismatches.
4114 if (CastOp && CmpLHS->getType() != TrueVal->getType()) {
James Molloy569cea62015-09-02 17:25:25 +00004115 if (Value *C = lookThroughCast(CmpI, TrueVal, FalseVal, CastOp))
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004116 return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS,
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004117 cast<CastInst>(TrueVal)->getOperand(0), C,
4118 LHS, RHS);
James Molloy569cea62015-09-02 17:25:25 +00004119 if (Value *C = lookThroughCast(CmpI, FalseVal, TrueVal, CastOp))
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004120 return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS,
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004121 C, cast<CastInst>(FalseVal)->getOperand(0),
4122 LHS, RHS);
4123 }
James Molloy134bec22015-08-11 09:12:57 +00004124 return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal,
James Molloy270ef8c2015-05-15 16:04:50 +00004125 LHS, RHS);
4126}
Sanjoy Dasa7e13782015-10-24 05:37:35 +00004127
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004128/// Return true if "icmp Pred LHS RHS" is always true.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004129static bool isTruePredicate(CmpInst::Predicate Pred,
4130 const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS,
Sanjoy Das55ea67c2015-11-06 19:01:08 +00004131 const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004132 AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI,
4133 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Sanjoy Dasaf1400f2015-11-10 23:56:15 +00004134 assert(!LHS->getType()->isVectorTy() && "TODO: extend to handle vectors!");
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004135 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred) && LHS == RHS)
4136 return true;
4137
4138 switch (Pred) {
4139 default:
4140 return false;
4141
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004142 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
Sanjoy Dasaf1400f2015-11-10 23:56:15 +00004143 const APInt *C;
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004144
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004145 // LHS s<= LHS +_{nsw} C if C >= 0
Sanjoy Dasdc26df42015-11-11 00:16:41 +00004146 if (match(RHS, m_NSWAdd(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C))))
Sanjoy Dasaf1400f2015-11-10 23:56:15 +00004147 return !C->isNegative();
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004148 return false;
4149 }
4150
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004151 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: {
Sanjoy Dasaf1400f2015-11-10 23:56:15 +00004152 const APInt *C;
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004153
Sanjoy Dasdc26df42015-11-11 00:16:41 +00004154 // LHS u<= LHS +_{nuw} C for any C
4155 if (match(RHS, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C))))
Sanjoy Dasc01b4d22015-11-06 19:01:03 +00004156 return true;
Sanjoy Das92568102015-11-10 23:56:20 +00004157
4158 // Match A to (X +_{nuw} CA) and B to (X +_{nuw} CB)
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004159 auto MatchNUWAddsToSameValue = [&](const Value *A, const Value *B,
4160 const Value *&X,
Sanjoy Das92568102015-11-10 23:56:20 +00004161 const APInt *&CA, const APInt *&CB) {
4162 if (match(A, m_NUWAdd(m_Value(X), m_APInt(CA))) &&
4163 match(B, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(CB))))
4164 return true;
4165
4166 // If X & C == 0 then (X | C) == X +_{nuw} C
4167 if (match(A, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_APInt(CA))) &&
4168 match(B, m_Or(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(CB)))) {
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00004169 KnownBits Known(CA->getBitWidth());
4170 computeKnownBits(X, Known, DL, Depth + 1, AC, CxtI, DT);
Sanjoy Das92568102015-11-10 23:56:20 +00004171
Craig Topperb45eabc2017-04-26 16:39:58 +00004172 if (CA->isSubsetOf(Known.Zero) && CB->isSubsetOf(Known.Zero))
Sanjoy Das92568102015-11-10 23:56:20 +00004173 return true;
4174 }
4175
4176 return false;
4177 };
4178
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004179 const Value *X;
Sanjoy Das92568102015-11-10 23:56:20 +00004180 const APInt *CLHS, *CRHS;
Sanjoy Dasdc26df42015-11-11 00:16:41 +00004181 if (MatchNUWAddsToSameValue(LHS, RHS, X, CLHS, CRHS))
4182 return CLHS->ule(*CRHS);
Sanjoy Das92568102015-11-10 23:56:20 +00004183
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004184 return false;
4185 }
4186 }
4187}
4188
4189/// Return true if "icmp Pred BLHS BRHS" is true whenever "icmp Pred
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004190/// ALHS ARHS" is true. Otherwise, return None.
4191static Optional<bool>
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004192isImpliedCondOperands(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, const Value *ALHS,
4193 const Value *ARHS, const Value *BLHS,
4194 const Value *BRHS, const DataLayout &DL,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004195 unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC,
4196 const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT) {
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004197 switch (Pred) {
4198 default:
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004199 return None;
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004200
4201 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
4202 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004203 if (isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLE, BLHS, ALHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI,
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004204 DT) &&
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004205 isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLE, ARHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT))
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004206 return true;
4207 return None;
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004208
4209 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
4210 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004211 if (isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_ULE, BLHS, ALHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI,
4212 DT) &&
4213 isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_ULE, ARHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT))
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004214 return true;
4215 return None;
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004216 }
4217}
4218
Chad Rosier226a7342016-05-05 17:41:19 +00004219/// Return true if the operands of the two compares match. IsSwappedOps is true
4220/// when the operands match, but are swapped.
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004221static bool isMatchingOps(const Value *ALHS, const Value *ARHS,
4222 const Value *BLHS, const Value *BRHS,
Chad Rosier226a7342016-05-05 17:41:19 +00004223 bool &IsSwappedOps) {
4224
4225 bool IsMatchingOps = (ALHS == BLHS && ARHS == BRHS);
4226 IsSwappedOps = (ALHS == BRHS && ARHS == BLHS);
4227 return IsMatchingOps || IsSwappedOps;
4228}
4229
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004230/// Return true if "icmp1 APred ALHS ARHS" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS BRHS" is
4231/// true. Return false if "icmp1 APred ALHS ARHS" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS
4232/// BRHS" is false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything.
4233static Optional<bool> isImpliedCondMatchingOperands(CmpInst::Predicate APred,
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004234 const Value *ALHS,
4235 const Value *ARHS,
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004236 CmpInst::Predicate BPred,
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004237 const Value *BLHS,
4238 const Value *BRHS,
Chad Rosier226a7342016-05-05 17:41:19 +00004239 bool IsSwappedOps) {
Chad Rosierb7dfbb42016-04-19 17:19:14 +00004240 // Canonicalize the operands so they're matching.
4241 if (IsSwappedOps) {
4242 std::swap(BLHS, BRHS);
4243 BPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(BPred);
4244 }
Chad Rosier99bc4802016-04-21 16:18:02 +00004245 if (CmpInst::isImpliedTrueByMatchingCmp(APred, BPred))
Chad Rosierb7dfbb42016-04-19 17:19:14 +00004246 return true;
Chad Rosier99bc4802016-04-21 16:18:02 +00004247 if (CmpInst::isImpliedFalseByMatchingCmp(APred, BPred))
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004248 return false;
Chad Rosierb7dfbb42016-04-19 17:19:14 +00004249
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004250 return None;
Chad Rosierb7dfbb42016-04-19 17:19:14 +00004251}
4252
Chad Rosier25cfb7d2016-05-05 15:39:18 +00004253/// Return true if "icmp1 APred ALHS C1" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS C2" is
4254/// true. Return false if "icmp1 APred ALHS C1" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS
4255/// C2" is false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything.
4256static Optional<bool>
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004257isImpliedCondMatchingImmOperands(CmpInst::Predicate APred, const Value *ALHS,
4258 const ConstantInt *C1,
4259 CmpInst::Predicate BPred,
4260 const Value *BLHS, const ConstantInt *C2) {
Chad Rosier25cfb7d2016-05-05 15:39:18 +00004261 assert(ALHS == BLHS && "LHS operands must match.");
4262 ConstantRange DomCR =
4263 ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(APred, C1->getValue());
4264 ConstantRange CR =
4265 ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(BPred, C2->getValue());
4266 ConstantRange Intersection = DomCR.intersectWith(CR);
4267 ConstantRange Difference = DomCR.difference(CR);
4268 if (Intersection.isEmptySet())
4269 return false;
4270 if (Difference.isEmptySet())
4271 return true;
4272 return None;
4273}
4274
Pete Cooper35b00d52016-08-13 01:05:32 +00004275Optional<bool> llvm::isImpliedCondition(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS,
Chad Rosiere2cbd132016-04-25 17:23:36 +00004276 const DataLayout &DL, bool InvertAPred,
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004277 unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC,
4278 const Instruction *CxtI,
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004279 const DominatorTree *DT) {
Chad Rosiercd62bf52016-04-29 21:12:31 +00004280 // A mismatch occurs when we compare a scalar cmp to a vector cmp, for example.
4281 if (LHS->getType() != RHS->getType())
4282 return None;
4283
Sanjoy Das3ef1e682015-10-28 03:20:19 +00004284 Type *OpTy = LHS->getType();
4285 assert(OpTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy(1));
4286
4287 // LHS ==> RHS by definition
Chad Rosiere2cbd132016-04-25 17:23:36 +00004288 if (!InvertAPred && LHS == RHS)
Chad Rosierb7dfbb42016-04-19 17:19:14 +00004289 return true;
Sanjoy Das3ef1e682015-10-28 03:20:19 +00004290
4291 if (OpTy->isVectorTy())
4292 // TODO: extending the code below to handle vectors
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004293 return None;
Sanjoy Das3ef1e682015-10-28 03:20:19 +00004294 assert(OpTy->isIntegerTy(1) && "implied by above");
4295
4296 ICmpInst::Predicate APred, BPred;
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004297 Value *ALHS, *ARHS;
4298 Value *BLHS, *BRHS;
Sanjoy Das3ef1e682015-10-28 03:20:19 +00004299
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004300 if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(APred, m_Value(ALHS), m_Value(ARHS))) ||
4301 !match(RHS, m_ICmp(BPred, m_Value(BLHS), m_Value(BRHS))))
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004302 return None;
Sanjoy Das9349dcc2015-11-06 19:00:57 +00004303
Chad Rosiere2cbd132016-04-25 17:23:36 +00004304 if (InvertAPred)
4305 APred = CmpInst::getInversePredicate(APred);
4306
Chad Rosier226a7342016-05-05 17:41:19 +00004307 // Can we infer anything when the two compares have matching operands?
4308 bool IsSwappedOps;
4309 if (isMatchingOps(ALHS, ARHS, BLHS, BRHS, IsSwappedOps)) {
4310 if (Optional<bool> Implication = isImpliedCondMatchingOperands(
4311 APred, ALHS, ARHS, BPred, BLHS, BRHS, IsSwappedOps))
Chad Rosier25cfb7d2016-05-05 15:39:18 +00004312 return Implication;
Chad Rosier226a7342016-05-05 17:41:19 +00004313 // No amount of additional analysis will infer the second condition, so
4314 // early exit.
4315 return None;
4316 }
4317
4318 // Can we infer anything when the LHS operands match and the RHS operands are
4319 // constants (not necessarily matching)?
4320 if (ALHS == BLHS && isa<ConstantInt>(ARHS) && isa<ConstantInt>(BRHS)) {
4321 if (Optional<bool> Implication = isImpliedCondMatchingImmOperands(
4322 APred, ALHS, cast<ConstantInt>(ARHS), BPred, BLHS,
4323 cast<ConstantInt>(BRHS)))
4324 return Implication;
4325 // No amount of additional analysis will infer the second condition, so
4326 // early exit.
4327 return None;
Chad Rosier25cfb7d2016-05-05 15:39:18 +00004328 }
4329
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004330 if (APred == BPred)
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004331 return isImpliedCondOperands(APred, ALHS, ARHS, BLHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC,
4332 CxtI, DT);
Sanjoy Das3ef1e682015-10-28 03:20:19 +00004333
Chad Rosier41dd31f2016-04-20 19:15:26 +00004334 return None;
Sanjoy Das3ef1e682015-10-28 03:20:19 +00004335}